doc,sync

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@49997 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

6 files changed, 5365 insertions, 515 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib
index 58a4967efaf..f6edbe7fa11 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 %%% ====================================================================
 %%% BibTeX-file{
 %%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%%     version         = "2.12",
-%%%     date            = "08 January 2019",
-%%%     time            = "10:42:14 MST",
+%%%     version         = "2.13",
+%%%     date            = "31 January 2019",
+%%%     time            = "15:43:31 MST",
 %%%     filename        = "texbook2.bib",
 %%%     address         = "University of Utah
 %%%                        Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 %%%                        USA",
 %%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
 %%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
-%%%     checksum        = "51612 9860 36992 360656",
+%%%     checksum        = "14909 11091 43929 427780",
 %%%     email           = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
 %%%                        beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
 %%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -32,27 +32,27 @@
 %%%                        printed if the is-alpha.bst or is-plain.bst
 %%%                        style files are used.
 %%%
-%%%                        At version 2.12, the year coverage looked
+%%%                        At version 2.13, the year coverage looked
 %%%                        like this:
 %%%
 %%%                             1985 (   1)    1996 (   5)    2007 (   1)
 %%%                             1986 (   1)    1997 (   3)    2008 (   0)
 %%%                             1987 (   0)    1998 (   4)    2009 (   0)
-%%%                             1988 (   1)    1999 (   3)    2010 (   1)
-%%%                             1989 (   0)    2000 (   2)    2011 (   0)
-%%%                             1990 (   0)    2001 (   2)    2012 (   0)
-%%%                             1991 (   1)    2002 (   1)    2013 (   0)
-%%%                             1992 (   2)    2003 (   2)    2014 (   0)
+%%%                             1988 (   2)    1999 (   3)    2010 (   1)
+%%%                             1989 (   2)    2000 (   2)    2011 (   0)
+%%%                             1990 (   3)    2001 (   2)    2012 (   0)
+%%%                             1991 (   4)    2002 (   1)    2013 (   0)
+%%%                             1992 (   5)    2003 (   2)    2014 (   0)
 %%%                             1993 (   0)    2004 (   1)    2015 (   0)
 %%%                             1994 (   0)    2005 (   2)    2016 (   2)
 %%%                             1995 (   4)    2006 (   2)
 %%%
 %%%                             Article:          2
-%%%                             Book:           408
+%%%                             Book:           407
 %%%                             Booklet:          1
 %%%                             Misc:            11
 %%%                             Periodical:      93
-%%%                             Proceedings:      9
+%%%                             Proceedings:     10
 %%%                             TechReport:       1
 %%%
 %%%                             Total entries:  525
@@ -569,68 +569,59 @@
 @String{prep-ytex               = "Prepared with Daniel Brotsky's {Y\TeX}."}
 
 %%% ====================================================================
-%%% publisher abbreviations
+%%% Publisher abbreviations
+
+@String{pub-A-K-PETERS          = "A. K. Peters, Ltd."}
+@String{pub-A-K-PETERS:adr      = "Wellesley, MA, USA"}
+
+@String{pub-ACADEMIC            = "Academic Press"}
+@String{pub-ACADEMIC:adr        = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-AIAA                = "American Institute of Aeronautics and
                                   Astronautics"}
-
 @String{pub-AIAA:adr            = "370 L'Enfant Promenade SW, Washington, DC
                                   20024--2518"}
 
 @String{pub-AIP                 = "American Institute of Physics"}
-
 @String{pub-AIP:adr             = "Woodbury, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-AP                  = "Academic Press"}
-
 @String{pub-AP:adr              = "Boston, MA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-ARACNE              = "Aracne Editrice"}
-
 @String{pub-ARACNE:adr          = "Via Luigi Chiozza, 21b, 00133 Roma, Italy"}
 
 @String{pub-ARE                 = "A-R Editions, Inc."}
-
 @String{pub-ARE:adr             = "801 Deming Way, Madison, WI 53717-1903,
                                   USA; Tel: (608) 836-9000"}
 
 @String{pub-AUG                 = "Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis"}
-
 @String{pub-AUG:adr             = "Gothenburg, Sweden"}
 
 @String{pub-AW                  = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey"}
-
 @String{pub-AW-Can:adr          = "Don Mills, Ontario, Canada"}
-
 @String{pub-AW:adr              = "Reading, MA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-BENCUM              = "Benjamin/Cummings Pub. Co."}
-
 @String{pub-BENCUM:adr          = "Redwood City, CA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-BIRKHAUSER          = "Birkh{\"{a}}user"}
-
 @String{pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr      = "Cambridge, MA, USA; Berlin, Germany; Basel,
                                   Switzerland"}
 
 @String{pub-BOOKMAN             = "Bookman"}
-
 @String{pub-BOOKMAN:adr         = "Taipei, Taiwan"}
 
 @String{pub-BRILL               = "Brill"}
-
 @String{pub-BRILL:adr           = "Leiden, The Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-BS                  = "The Bibliographical Society"}
-
 @String{pub-BS:adr              = "London, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-BSA                 = "The Bibliographical Society of America"}
-
 @String{pub-BSA:adr             = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-CHAPMAN             = "Chapman and Hall, Ltd."}
-
 @String{pub-CHAPMAN:adr         = "London, UK"}
 
 %%% NB: CLUT and Loescher Editore did not provide ISBN's on the books
@@ -638,303 +629,232 @@
 
 @String{pub-CLUT                = "Edizioni Cooperativa Libraria Universitaria
                                   Torino"}
-
 @String{pub-CLUT:adr            = "Corso Duca degli Abruzzi, 24, I 10129
                                   Torino, Italy"}
 
 @String{pub-CP                  = "Clarendon Press"}
-
 @String{pub-CP:adr              = "Oxford, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-CRC                 = "CRC Press"}
-
 @String{pub-CRC:adr             = "2000 N.W. Corporate Blvd., Boca Raton,
                                   FL 33431-9868, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-CSLI                = "CSLI Publications"}
-
 @String{pub-CSLI:adr            = "Stanford, CA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-CSP                 = "Computer Science Press"}
-
 @String{pub-CSP:adr             = "1803 Research Boulevard, Rockville, MD
                                   20850, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-CUP                 = "Cambridge University Press"}
-
 @String{pub-CUP:adr             = "Cambridge, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-CURSCI              = "Current Science"}
-
 @String{pub-CURSCI:adr          = "34--42 Cleveland Street, London, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-DARWIN              = "The Darwin Press"}
-
 @String{pub-DARWIN:adr          = "Princeton, NJ, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-DP                  = "Digital Press"}
-
 @String{pub-DP:adr              = "12 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-DUXBURY             = "Duxbury Press"}
-
 @String{pub-DUXBURY:adr         = "Belmont, CA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-EF                  = "Esperantoforlaget AS"}
-
 @String{pub-EF:adr              = "Oslo, Norway"}
 
 @String{pub-EFFECT              = "Effect Publishing"}
-
 @String{pub-EFFECT:adr          = "501 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1612, New York, NY
                                   10017, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD       = "Ellis Horwood"}
-
 @String{pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD:adr   = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-ESP                 = "Elsevier Science Publishers"}
-
 @String{pub-ESP:adr             = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-ESPNH               = "Elsevier Science Publishers
                                   (North-Holland)"}
-
 @String{pub-ESPNH:adr           = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-ET                  = "Editorial Trillas"}
-
 @String{pub-ET:adr              = "M{\'e}xico DF, M{\'e}xico"}
 
 @String{pub-GEO                 = "Geo Books"}
-
 @String{pub-GEO:adr             = "Norwich, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-GLAGOL              = "Glagol"}
-
 @String{pub-GLAGOL:adr          = "St. Petersburg, Russia"}
 
 @String{pub-GREENWOOD           = "Greenwood Press"}
-
 @String{pub-GREENWOOD:adr       = "88 Post Road West, Westport, CT 06881, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-HD                  = "Holden-Day, Inc."}
-
 @String{pub-HD:adr              = "Oakland, CA 94609, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-HPT                 = "H{\"o}ld{\-}er-Pichler-Tempsky Verlag"}
-
 @String{pub-HPT:adr             = "Vienna, Austria"}
 
 @String{pub-HRW                 = "Holt, Rinehart, and Winston"}
-
 @String{pub-HRW:adr             = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-IE                  = "InterEditions"}
-
 @String{pub-IE:adr              = "25 rue Leblanc, 75015 Paris, France"}
 
 @String{pub-IOS                 = "IOS Press"}
-
 @String{pub-IOS:adr             = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-ISO                 = "International Organization for
                                   Standardization"}
-
 @String{pub-ISO:adr             = "Geneva, Switzerland"}
 
 @String{pub-ITCP                = "International Thomson Computer Press"}
-
 @String{pub-ITCP:adr            = "20 Park Plaza Suite 1001, Boston, MA 02116
                                   USA"}
 
 @String{pub-JBENJ               = "John Benjamins"}
-
 @String{pub-JBENJ:adr           = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-JBP                 = "Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc."}
-
 @String{pub-JBP:adr             = "One Exeter Plaza, Boston, MA 02116, USA"}
 
-@String{pub-JHUP                = "The Johns Hopkins University Press"}
-
-@String{pub-JHUP:adr            = "Baltimore, MD, USA"}
+@String{pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS       = "The Johns Hopkins University Press"}
+@String{pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS:adr   = "Baltimore, MD, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-JW                  = "John Wiley"}
-
 @String{pub-JW:adr              = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-KENKYUSHA           = "Kenkyusha"}
-
 @String{pub-KENKYUSHA:adr       = "Tokyo, Japan"}
 
 @String{pub-KLUWER              = "Kluwer Academic Publishers Group"}
-
 @String{pub-KLUWER:adr          = "Norwell, MA, USA, and Dordrecht, The
                                   Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-LEC                 = "Libreria Editrice Cafoscarina"}
-
 @String{pub-LEC:adr             = "Venice, Italy"}
 
 @String{pub-LGU                 = "Leningrad University"}
-
 @String{pub-LGU:adr             = "St. Petersburg, Russia"}
 
 @String{pub-LINUX-JOURNAL-PRESS = "Linux Journal Press"}
-
 @String{pub-LINUX-JOURNAL-PRESS:adr = "San Francisco, CA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-LOESCHER            = "Loescher Editore"}
-
 @String{pub-LOESCHER:adr        = "Via Vittorio Amedeo II, 18, Torino, Italy"}
 
 @String{pub-MAYFIELD            = "Mayfield"}
-
 @String{pub-MAYFIELD:adr        = "Palo Alto, CA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-MCGRAW-HILL         = "Mc{\-}Graw-Hill"}
-
 @String{pub-MCGRAW-HILL:adr     = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-MELLEN              = "Mellen Press"}
-
 @String{pub-MELLEN:adr          = "Lewiston, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-MICROWARE           = "Microware Systems Corporation"}
-
 @String{pub-MICROWARE:adr       = "Des Moines, IA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-MIS                 = "MIS:Press"}
-
 @String{pub-MIS:adr             = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-MIT                 = "The MIT Press"}
-
 @String{pub-MIT:adr             = "Cambridge, MA"}
 
 @String{pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN     = "Morgan Kaufmann Publishers"}
-
 @String{pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adr = "Los Altos, CA 94022, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-NAUKA               = "Nauka"}
-
 @String{pub-NAUKA:adr           = "Moscow, Russia"}
 
 @String{pub-NH                  = "North-Holland Publishing Company"}
-
 @String{pub-NH:adr              = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-NIJHOFF             = "Martinus Nijhoff/Dr W. Junk Publishers"}
-
 @String{pub-NIJHOFF:adr         = "Dordrecht, The Netherlands"}
 
 @String{pub-NORTON              = "W. W. Norton \& Co."}
-
 @String{pub-NORTON:adr          = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
-@String{pub-OUP                 = "Oxford University Press"}
-
-@String{pub-OUP:adr             = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
+@String{pub-OXFORD              = "Oxford University Press"}
+@String{pub-OXFORD:adr          = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-PERGAMON            = "Pergamon Press"}
-
 @String{pub-PERGAMON:adr        = "Oxford, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-PH                  = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall"}
-
 @String{pub-PH:adr              = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-PH-TRAVEL           = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall Travel"}
-
 @String{pub-PH-TRAVEL:adr       = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-PHI                 = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall International"}
-
 @String{pub-PHI:adr             = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-PINTER              = "Pinter Publishers, Ltd."}
-
 @String{pub-PINTER:adr          = "25 Floral St., London WC2E 9DS, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-PPB                 = "Professional Press Books"}
-
 @String{pub-PPB:adr             = "101 Witmer Road, Horsham, PA 19044, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-PHPTR               = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall PTR"}
-
 @String{pub-PHPTR:adr           = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-PUP                 = "Princeton University Press"}
-
 @String{pub-PUP:adr             = "Princeton, NJ, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-RAHS                = "Russian-American Historical Society"}
-
 @String{pub-RAHS:adr            = "Washington, DC, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-REED                = "Reed Enterprise"}
-
 @String{pub-REED:adr            = "Reed Business Publishing Group, Room 922,
                                   Quadrant House, The Quadrant, Sutton, Surrey
                                   SM2 5AS, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-RISO                = "{Ris\o} National Laboratory"}
-
 @String{pub-RISO:adr            = "Roskilde, Denmark"}
 
 @String{pub-ROUTLEDGE           = "Routledge"}
-
 @String{pub-ROUTLEDGE:adr       = "London, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-RRD                 = "R. R. Donnelley and Sons"}
-
 @String{pub-RRD:adr             = "Harrisburg, VA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-SB                  = "Symposion Bokf{\"o}rlag"}
-
 @String{pub-SB:adr              = "Stockholm/Stehag, Sweden"}
 
 @String{pub-SCARECROW           = "Scarecrow Press"}
-
 @String{pub-SCARECROW:adr       = "Metuchen, NJ, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-SHK                 = "De sju h{\"a}radernas kulturhistoriska
                                   f{\"o}rening"}
-
 @String{pub-SHK:adr             = "Gothenburg, Sweden"}
 
 @String{pub-SIAM                = "Society for Industrial and Applied
                                   Mathematics"}
-
 @String{pub-SIAM:adr            = "Philadelphia, PA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-SINAUER             = "Sinauer Associates, Inc."}
-
 @String{pub-SINAUER:adr         = "Sunderland, MA 01375, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-STATSCI             = "StatSci, a Division of MathSoft, Inc."}
-
 @String{pub-STATSCI:adr         = "Seattle, WA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-SUCSLI              = "Stanford University Center for the Study of
                                   Language and Information"}
-
 @String{pub-SUCSLI:adr          = "Stanford, CA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-SV                  = "Spring{\-}er-Ver{\-}lag"}
-
 @String{pub-SV:adr              = "Berlin, Germany~/ Heidelberg, Germany~/
                                   London, UK~/ etc."}
 
 @String{pub-TCA                 = "Technology Community Association"}
-
 @String{pub-TCA:adr             = "Cambridge, MA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-TCGPB               = "Technical Chamber of Greece (``Ekdosh
                                   Teqniko'u Epimelhthr'iou ths Ell'adas''),
                                   Publications Bureau (``Grafeio Ekdoseon'')"}
-
 @String{pub-TCGPB:adr           = "c/o Ms. Filippidou, Karageorgi Servias 4,
                                   GR-102 48 Athens, Greece, Telephones: +30 -
                                   1 - 32 54 590 (last digit can vary up to
@@ -942,50 +862,39 @@
                                   +30 - 1 - 32 21 772"}
 
 @String{pub-TELOS               = "TELOS division of Springer-Verlag"}
-
 @String{pub-TELOS:adr           = "Santa Clara, CA, USA and New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-TEUBNER             = "B. G. Teubner"}
-
 @String{pub-TEUBNER:adr         = "Stuttgart, Germany"}
 
 @String{pub-UGP                 = "University of Gothenburg Press"}
-
 @String{pub-UGP:adr             = "Gothenburg, Sweden"}
 
 @String{pub-UNAM                = "Universidad Autonoma de M{\'e}xico"}
-
 @String{pub-UNAM:adr            = "M{\'e}xico DF, M{\'e}xico"}
 
 @String{pub-UNK                 = "publisher unknown"}
-
 @String{pub-UNK:adr             = "address unknown"}
 
 @String{pub-WILEY               = "John Wiley and Sons, Inc."}
-
 @String{pub-WILEY:adr           = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-WADSWORTH           = "Wadsworth and Brooks/Cole Publishing
                                   Company"}
-
 @String{pub-WADSWORTH:adr       = "Pacific Grove, CA, USA"}
 
 @String{pub-WESTVIEW            = "Westview Press"}
-
 @String{pub-WESTVIEW:adr        = "5500 Central Ave., Boulder, CO 80301-2847,
                                   USA"}
 
 @String{pub-WIHM                = "Wellcome Institute for the History of
                                   Medicine"}
-
 @String{pub-WIHM:adr            = "London, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-WORLD-SCI           = "World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd."}
-
 @String{pub-WORLD-SCI:adr       = "P. O. Box 128, Farrer Road, Singapore 9128"}
 
 @String{pub-ZT                  = "Zanichelli-Telettra"}
-
 @String{pub-ZT:adr              = "Bologna, Italy"}
 
 %%% ====================================================================
@@ -1096,9 +1005,8 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-lmp,
 }
 
-@Book{Adams:SCA93,
+@Book{Adams:1993:SCA,
   author =       "E. Adams and U. Kulisch",
-  editor =       "William F. Ames",
   title =        "Scientific Computing with Automatic Result
                  Verification",
   volume =       "189",
@@ -1111,6 +1019,7 @@
   LCCN =         "QA76 .S368 1993",
   bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:57:19 1993",
   bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  note =         "Edited by William F. Ames.",
   series =       "Mathematics in Science and Engineering",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
@@ -1900,9 +1809,9 @@
 
 @Book{Biggs:ICP89,
   author =       "Norman L. Biggs",
-  title =        "Introduction to Computing with Pascal",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  title =        "Introduction to Computing with {Pascal}",
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "x + 219",
   year =         "1989",
   ISBN =         "0-19-853755-7 (hardcover), 0-19-853756-5 (paperback)",
@@ -2025,8 +1934,8 @@
 @Book{Bracewell:HT86,
   author =       "Ronald N. Bracewell",
   title =        "The {Hartley} Transform",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "vii + 160",
   year =         "1986",
   ISBN =         "0-19-503969-6",
@@ -2253,53 +2162,388 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-te,
 }
 
-@Book{Char:FLT92,
+@Book{Char:1992:FLT,
   author =       "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet
                  and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M.
                  Watt",
-  title =        "First Leaves: {A} Tutorial Introduction to Maple {V}",
+  title =        "First Leaves: a Tutorial Introduction to {Maple V}",
   publisher =    pub-SV,
   address =      pub-SV:adr,
   pages =        "xvii + 253",
   year =         "1992",
-  ISBN =         "0-387-97621-3",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-97621-1",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-6996-1",
+  ISBN =         "0-387-97621-3, 3-540-97621-3",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-97621-1, 978-3-540-97621-9",
   LCCN =         "QA155.7.E4 F56 1992",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:59:50 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-}
-
-@Book{Char:MLR91,
+  bibdate =      "Tue Nov 2 12:30:08 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
+  note =         "Also available in Japanese, ISBN 4-431-70651-8",
+  tableofcontents = "One: Interactive Use of Maple \\
+                 1.1: The user interface and the computational engine
+                 \\
+                 1.2: Getting started \\
+                 1.3: Starting a Maple session: how Maple behaves
+                 interactively \\
+                 1.4: Simple arithmetic in Maple \\
+                 1.5: Fixing mistakes \\
+                 1.6: help yourself to more of Maple \\
+                 1.7: Parentheses and the priority of arithmetic
+                 operations \\
+                 1.8: Ending a Maple session \\
+                 1.9: Maple variables \\
+                 1.10: Built-in commands for mathematical computation
+                 \\
+                 1.11: Introducing Maple's mathematical commands \\
+                 1.12: Using Maple as a numerical calculator \\
+                 1.13: Graphing and plotting functions on screen and on
+                 paper \\
+                 1.14: More about syntax errors \\
+                 1.15: You ask too much! (Run-time errors) \\
+                 1.16: Interrupting a Maple computation \\
+                 1.17: Printing values: print and lprint \\
+                 1.18: Defining simple functions in Maple \\
+                 1.19: Automatic simplification \\
+                 1.20: Simplifying expressions with simplify \\
+                 1.21: Maple's commands for calculus \\
+                 1.22: Computing sums \\
+                 1.23: Solving recurrence relations with rsolve \\
+                 1.24: Other commands for solving, and other
+                 mathematical functions \\
+                 Two: Less Simple Maple \\
+                 2.1: A few words to experienced programmers \\
+                 2.2: Programming variables and mathematical symbols \\
+                 2.3: More on simplification: specialized simplification
+                 commands \\
+                 2.4: Full and delayed evaluation \\
+                 2.5: Quotation and unevaluation \\
+                 2.6: Using quoted variables as function arguments \\
+                 2.7: Concatenation \\
+                 forming new names from old \\
+                 2.8: Looking at parts of expressions \\
+                 op, nops, coeff \\
+                 2.9: Expression sequences, sets, and lists \\
+                 2.10: Tables and arrays \\
+                 indexed collections of data \\
+                 2.11: Converting from one structure to another \\
+                 2.12: The map function: performing the same operation
+                 on all elements of a data structure \\
+                 2.13: Linear algebra in Maple \\
+                 2.14: alias for changing the names of built-in
+                 functions and mathematical symbols \\
+                 2.15: Saving the state of your Maple session \\
+                 2.16: Recording results in files in human-readable
+                 format \\
+                 2.17: Access to additional library procedures \\
+                 2.18: Other formats for output: fortran, latex, and eqn
+                 \\
+                 Three: The Maple Programming Language \\
+                 3.1: Repetition while you wait \\
+                 3.2: Repetition for each one \\
+                 3.3: Conditional execution with if-then-else-fi \\
+                 3.4: break and next: control within for-while loops \\
+                 3.5: Simple Maple procedures \\
+                 3.6: Maple procedures \\
+                 multiple statements, local variables, RETURN \\
+                 3.7: Using error \\
+                 exiting several procedures at once \\
+                 3.8: Checking types: writing safer programs \\
+                 3.9: Nested types and structured types \\
+                 3.10: Remembering function values \\
+                 3.11: Functional operators \\
+                 3.12: Packages in Maple \\
+                 3.13: Your Maple initialization file \\
+                 3.14: Creating help for your procedures \\
+                 3.15: Creating your own library \\
+                 3.16: Creating and debugging Maple programs \\
+                 3.17: Viewing Maple library source code \\
+                 3.18: Calling Maple from programs written in other
+                 languages \\
+                 Four: Advanced Graphics \\
+                 4.1: More on plot \\
+                 4.2: Plotting in three dimensions: graphing surfaces
+                 \\
+                 4.3: Plotting functional expressions with plot and
+                 plot3d \\
+                 Five: Measuring and improving performance \\
+                 5.1: Monitoring time and space consumed during a
+                 computation \\
+                 5.2: Garbage collection and gc \\
+                 5.3: Querying the state of the system through status
+                 \\
+                 5.4: Profiling the performance of Maple programs \\
+                 5.5: Using option remember to improve performance \\
+                 5.6: Faster floating-point computation \\
+                 Six: Advanced Examples \\
+                 6.1: Introduction \\
+                 6.2: Balancing chemical reactions \\
+                 6.3: Maxwell's formula for the velocity of a gas sample
+                 \\
+                 6.4: Critical length of a rod \\
+                 6.5: Zeros of Bessel functions \\
+                 6.6: Stock market analysis through linear algebra \\
+                 6.7: Primitive trinomials \\
+                 6.8: Computations on the 3n +1 conjecture \\
+                 6.9: A numerical approximation problem \\
+                 6.10: Reading more about Maple problem-solving
+                 techniques \\
+                 Seven: Global access to Maple information \\
+                 7.1: New users' problems \\
+                 7.2: The community of Maple users \\
+                 7.3: What to do when the answer seems wrong \\
+                 7.4: Electronic access to user-contributed Maple
+                 software \\
+                 7.5: Maple publications \\
+                 Conclusion \\
+                 A: Bibliography \\
+                 B: Books and articles for Maple users \\
+                 B.1: Some books for Maple users \\
+                 B.2: Some research articles on Maple and its usage",
+}
+
+@Book{Char:1991:MLVb,
   author =       "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet
                  and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M.
                  Watt",
-  title =        "Maple Library {V} Reference Manual",
+  title =        "{Maple Library V} Reference Manual",
   publisher =    pub-SV,
   address =      pub-SV:adr,
   pages =        "xxv + 698",
   year =         "1991",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2133-1",
   ISBN =         "0-387-97592-6, 3-540-97592-6",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-97592-4, 978-3-540-97592-2",
-  LCCN =         "QA155.7.E4 M37 1991",
-  bibdate =      "Fri Jul 22 09:48:41 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-  price =        "US\$39.00",
+  LCCN =         "QA155.7.E4 M353 1991",
+  bibdate =      "Fri Jul 08 19:01:01 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  abstract =     "The design and implementation of the Maple system is
+                 an on-going project of the Symbolic Computation Group
+                 at the University of Waterloo in Ontario, Canada. This
+                 manual corresponds with version V (roman numeral five)
+                 of the Maple system. The on-line help subsystem can be
+                 invoked from within a Maple session to view
+                 documentation on specific topics. In particular, the
+                 command ``?updates'' points the user to documentation
+                 updates for each new version of Maple. The Maple
+                 project was first conceived in the autumn of 1980,
+                 growing out of discussions on the state of symbolic
+                 computation at the University of Waterloo. The authors
+                 wish to acknowledge many fruitful discussions with
+                 colleagues at the University of Waterloo, particularly
+                 Morven Gentleman, Michael Malcolm, and Frank Tompa. It
+                 was recognized in these discussions that none of the
+                 locally-available systems for symbolic computation
+                 provided the facilities that should be expected for
+                 symbolic computation in modern computing environments.
+                 We concluded that since the basic design decisions for
+                 the then-current symbolic systems such as ALTRAN,
+                 CAMAL, REDUCE, and MACSYMA were based on 1960's
+                 computing technology, it would be wise to design a new
+                 system ``from scratch''. Thus we could take advantage
+                 of the software engineering technology which had become
+                 available in recent years, as well as drawing from the
+                 lessons of experience. Maple's basic features
+                 (elementary data structures, Input\slash output,
+                 arithmetic with numbers, and elementary simplification)
+                 are coded in a systems programming language for
+                 efficiency.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "The Maple Library \\
+                 Main routines \\
+                 Packages \\
+                 Packages for discrete mathematics \\
+                 Packages for applied mathematics \\
+                 Packages for geometry \\
+                 Miscellaneous packages",
 }
 
-@Book{Char:MVL91,
+@Book{Char:1991:MVLa,
   author =       "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet
                  and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M.
                  Watt",
-  title =        "Maple {V} Language Reference Manual",
+  title =        "{Maple V}: Language Reference Manual",
   publisher =    pub-SV,
   address =      pub-SV:adr,
   pages =        "xv + 267",
   year =         "1991",
-  ISBN =         "0-387-97622-1, 3-540-97622-1",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-97622-8, 978-3-540-97622-6",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-7386-9",
+  ISBN =         "0-387-97622-1 (New York), 3-540-97622-1 (Berlin)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-97622-8 (New York), 978-3-540-97622-6
+                 (Berlin)",
   LCCN =         "QA155.7.E4 M36 1991",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:59:57 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 1 12:17:05 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  price =        "US\$24.95, FF 193,00",
+  abstract =     "This book describes the Maple Symbolic Computation
+                 System and the Maple V language. It describes the
+                 numeric and symbolic expressions that can be used in
+                 Maple V. All the basic data types, such as names,
+                 polynomials, and functions, as well as structured data
+                 types, are covered. The book also gives a complete
+                 description of the programming language statements that
+                 are provided in the Maple V system and shows how a user
+                 can extend the functionality of the Maple V system by
+                 adding user-defined routines. The manual also provides
+                 a complete description of the Maple V system, including
+                 its 2D and 3D graphics. Maple V features a newly
+                 designed user interface on many systems. Separate
+                 appendices describe how to use Maple V on systems using
+                 the X Window System, DOS, and the Macintosh.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  shorttableofcontents = "Language elements \\
+                 Statements and expressions \\
+                 Data types \\
+                 Type testing \\
+                 Arrays and tables \\
+                 Procedures \\
+                 Operators \\
+                 Internal representation and manipulation \\
+                 Plotting \\
+                 Miscellaneous facilities \\
+                 Overview of the Maple Library \\
+                 A. Maple under UNIX \\
+                 B. Using Maple with X \\
+                 C. Maple under DOS",
+  tableofcontents = "1 Introduction \\
+                 1.1 Some General Examples \\
+                 1.2 Numbers \\
+                 1.3 Examples from Calculus \\
+                 1.4 Data Structures \\
+                 1.5 Examples from Linear Algebra \\
+                 1.6 Equation Solving \\
+                 1.7 Output and Programming \\
+                 2 Language Elements \\
+                 2.1 Character Set \\
+                 2.2 Tokens \\
+                 2.3 Escape Characters \\
+                 2.4 Blanks, Lines, Comments, and Continuation \\
+                 2.5 Files \\
+                 3 Statements and Expressions \\
+                 3.1 Types of Statements \\
+                 3.2 Expressions \\
+                 3.3 Formal Syntax \\
+                 4 Data Types \\
+                 4.1 Basic Data Types \\
+                 4.2 Map, Subs, and Subsop \\
+                 5 Type Testing \\
+                 5.1 Definition of a Type in Maple \\
+                 5.2 Simple Types \\
+                 5.3 Structured Types \\
+                 5.4 Surface and Nested Types \\
+                 5.5 Simplification of Types \\
+                 5.6 Parameter Type Testing \\
+                 5.7 Undesirable Simplifications and Evaluations of
+                 Types \\
+                 5.8 Type Testing Versus Pattern Matching \\
+                 6 Arrays and Tables \\
+                 6.1 Overview \\
+                 6.2 Creating Tables \\
+                 6.3 Evaluation Rules for Tables and Table Components
+                 \\
+                 6.4 Tables as Objects \\
+                 6.5 Indexing Functions \\
+                 7 Procedures \\
+                 7.1 Procedure Definitions \\
+                 7.2 Parameter Passing \\
+                 7.3 Local Variables \\
+                 7.4 Options \\
+                 7.5 Remember Tables \\
+                 7.6 Assigning Values to Parameters \\
+                 7.7 Error Returns and Explicit Returns \\
+                 7.8 Simplification and Returning Unevaluated \\
+                 7.9 Boolean Procedures \\
+                 7.10 Reading and Saving Procedures \\
+                 8 Operators \\
+                 8.1 Operator Definition \\
+                 8.2 Syntactic Definition \\
+                 8.3 Semantic Definition \\
+                 8.3.1 Application Versus Composition \\
+                 8.4 Partial Definition of Operators \\
+                 8.5 Example: The Differentiation Operator D \\
+                 9 Internal Representation and Manipulation \\
+                 9.1 Internal Organization \\
+                 9.2 Internal Representation of Data Types \\
+                 9.3 The Use of Hashing in Maple \\
+                 9.4 Portability of the Maple System \\
+                 10 Plotting \\
+                 10.1 Introduction \\
+                 10.2 Plots in 2D \\
+                 10.3 Plots in 3D \\
+                 10.4 Saving Plots \\
+                 10.5 Plots Package \\
+                 10.6 Examples \\
+                 11 Miscellaneous Facilities \\
+                 11.1 Debugging Facilities: Detecting Syntax Errors \\
+                 11.2 Debugging Facilities: Monitoring Run-Time
+                 Execution \\
+                 11.3 Alias and Macro \\
+                 11.4 Monitoring Space and Time \\
+                 11.5 Global Variables \\
+                 11.6 User Interface Variables \\
+                 11.7 Maple Command Line Options \\
+                 11.8 Other Facilities \\
+                 12 Overview of the Maple Library \\
+                 12.1 Introduction \\
+                 12.2 Description of the Maple Library \\
+                 12.3 Format of Library Function Descriptions \\
+                 12.4 Printing Maple Help Files \\
+                 12.5 Library Index \\
+                 A Maple under UNIX \\
+                 A.1 Introduction \\
+                 A.2 Maple Initialization Files \\
+                 A.3 Quit and Interrupt Characters \\
+                 A.4 Temporarily Escaping from Maple \\
+                 A.5 Redirection of Input and Output \\
+                 A.6 Maple Command Line Options for UNIX \\
+                 A.6.1 Overview of Maple command line options \\
+                 A.6.2 Library Specification Option: -b \\
+                 A.6.3 Suppress Initialization Option: -s \\
+                 A.6.4 Quiet Option: -q \\
+                 A.7 Mint \\
+                 A.8 Summary of Site- and UNIX- Dependent Aspects of
+                 Maple \\
+                 B Using Maple with X \\
+                 B.1 Introduction \\
+                 B.2 Getting Started \\
+                 B.3 Entering Commands in Maple \\
+                 B.4 Editing \\
+                 B.5 Maple Input and Output Cells \\
+                 B.6 Including and Saving Text \\
+                 B.7 Searching \\
+                 B.8 Resource Usage \\
+                 B.9 Interrupt, Pause and Quit Buttons \\
+                 B.10 Resizing Windows \\
+                 B.11 Help Windows \\
+                 B.12 2D Plot Windows \\
+                 B.13 3D Plot Windows \\
+                 B.14 Customizing Maple Under X \\
+                 B.15 Tips \\
+                 B.16 Troubleshooting \\
+                 B.17 Information for Xperts \\
+                 C Maple under DOS \\
+                 C.1 Introduction \\
+                 C.2 Using Maple V \\
+                 C.2.1 Exiting Maple \\
+                 C.2.2 The Status Line \\
+                 C.2.3 The Command Line Editor \\
+                 C.2.4 Expression Editing \\
+                 C.2.5 File Editing \\
+                 C.2.6 Accessing Maple Help \\
+                 C.2.7 Session Review Mode \\
+                 C.2.8 Using the Menu \\
+                 C.2.9 Input/Output Capture Mode \\
+                 C.3 Manipulating Graphical Output \\
+                 C.3.1 Three Dimensional Graphics Display Driver \\
+                 C.3.2 Two Dimensional Graphics Display Driver \\
+                 C.3.3 Printing and Saving Graphic Output \\
+                 C.3.4 Using Maple Plots in Other Programs",
 }
 
 @Book{Cheswick:2003:FIS,
@@ -3768,9 +4012,9 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-mz,
 }
 
-@Book{Dongarra:SLS91,
+@Book{Dongarra:1991:SLS,
   author =       "Jack J. Dongarra and Iain S. Duff and Danny C.
-                 Sorensen and Henk A. van der Vorst",
+                 Sorensen and Henk A. {van der Vorst}",
   title =        "Solving Linear Systems on Vector and Shared Memory
                  Computers",
   publisher =    pub-SIAM,
@@ -3780,8 +4024,182 @@
   ISBN =         "0-89871-270-X",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-89871-270-4",
   LCCN =         "QA184 .S65 1991",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:00:33 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Mon Oct 26 07:30:53 1998",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dongarra-jack-j.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/duff-iain-s.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/v/vandervorst-henk-a.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib;
+                 MathSciNet database",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\
+                 1 Vector and Parallel Processing / 3 \\
+                 1.1 Traditional Computers and Their Limitations / 3 \\
+                 1.2 Parallelism within a Single Processor / 4 \\
+                 1.2.1 Multiple Functional Units / 4 \\
+                 1.2.2 Pipelining / 4 \\
+                 1.2.3 Overlapping / 6 \\
+                 1.2.4 RISC / 7 \\
+                 1.2.5 VLIW / 8 \\
+                 1.2.6 Vector Instructions / 8 \\
+                 1.2.7 Chaining / 9 \\
+                 1.2.8 Memory-to-Memory and Register-to-Register
+                 Organizations / 10 \\
+                 1.2.9 Register Set / 10 \\
+                 1.2.10 Stripmining / 11 \\
+                 1.2.11 Reconfigurable Vector Registers / 11 \\
+                 1.2.12 Memory Organization / 12 \\
+                 1.3 Data Organization / 14 \\
+                 1.3.1 Main Memory / 14 \\
+                 1.3.2 Cache / 16 \\
+                 1.3.3 Local Memory / 18 \\
+                 1.4 Memory Management / 18 \\
+                 1.5 Parallelism through Multiple Pipes or Multiple
+                 Processors / 21 \\
+                 1.6 Interconnection Topology / 22 \\
+                 1.6.1 Crossbar Switch / 23 \\
+                 1.6.2 Timeshared Bus / 24 \\
+                 1.6.3 Ring Connection / 25 \\
+                 1.6.4 Mesh Connection / 25 \\
+                 1.6.5 Hypercube / 26 \\
+                 1.6.6 Multistaged Network / 27 \\
+                 1.7 Programming Techniques / 29 \\
+                 2 Overview of Current High-Performance Computers / 33
+                 \\
+                 2.1 Supercomputers / 33 \\
+                 2.2 Mini-Supercomputers / 36 \\
+                 2.3 Vector Mainframes / 37 \\
+                 2.4 Novel Parallel Processors / 37 \\
+                 3 Implementation Details and Overhead / 43 \\
+                 3.1 Parallel Decomposition and Data Dependency Graphs /
+                 43 \\
+                 3.2 Synchronization / 46 \\
+                 3.3 Load Balancing / 48 \\
+                 3.4 Recurrence / 49 \\
+                 3.5 Indirect Addressing / 51 \\
+                 4 Performance: Analysis, Modeling, and Measurements /
+                 53 \\
+                 4.1 Amdahl's Law / 54 \\
+                 4.1.1 Simple Case of Amdahl's Law / 54 \\
+                 4.1.2 General Form of Amdahl's Law / 55 \\
+                 4.2 Vector Speed and Vector Length / 56 \\
+                 4.3 Amdahl's Law-Parallel Processing / 57 \\
+                 4.3.1 A Simple Model / 60 \\
+                 4.3.2 Gustafson's Model / 60 \\
+                 4.4 Examples of $(r_\infty, n_{1/2})$-values for
+                 Various Computers / 60 \\
+                 4.4.1 CRAY-1 and CRAY-2 (one processor) / 62 \\
+                 4.4.2 CRAY X-MP (one processor; clock cycle time 8.5
+                 nsec) / 63 \\
+                 4.4.3 CYBER 205 (2-pipe) and ETA-10P (single processor)
+                 / 63 \\
+                 4.4.4 IBM 3090/VF (1 processor; clock cycle time 18.5
+                 nsec) / 64 \\
+                 4.4.5 NEC SX/2 / 65 \\
+                 4.4.6 Convex C-1 and Convex C-210 / 66 \\
+                 4.4.7 Alliant FX/80 / 66 \\
+                 4.4.8 General Observations / 68 \\
+                 4.5 LINPACK Benchmark / 68 \\
+                 4.5.1 Description of the Benchmark / 69 \\
+                 4.5.2 Calls to the BLAS / 69 \\
+                 4.5.3 Asymptotic Performance / 75 \\
+                 5 Building Blocks in Linear Algebra / 75 \\
+                 5.1 Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms / 75 \\
+                 5.1.1 Level 1 BLAS / 76 \\
+                 5.1.2 Level 2 BLAS / 77 \\
+                 5.1.3 Level 3 BLAS / 78 \\
+                 5.2 Levels of Parallelism / 81 \\
+                 5.2.1 Vector Computers / 81 \\
+                 5.2.2 Parallel Processors with Shared Memory / 82 \\
+                 5.2.3 Parallel-Vector Computers / 83 \\
+                 5.2.4 Clusters of Parallel Vector Processors / 84 \\
+                 5.3 Basic Factorizations of Linear Algebra / 84 \\
+                 5.3.1 Point Algorithm: Gaussian Elimination with
+                 Partial Pivoting / 84 \\
+                 5.3.2 Special Matrices / 86 \\
+                 5.4 Blocked Algorithms: Matrix-Vector and Matrix-Matrix
+                 Versions / 89 \\
+                 5.4.1 Right-Looking Algorithm / 90 \\
+                 5.4.2 Left-Looking Algorithm / 92 \\
+                 5.4.3 Crout Algorithm / 98 \\
+                 5.4.4 Typical Performance of Blocked LU Decomposition /
+                 94 \\
+                 5.4.5 Blocked Symmetric Indefinite Factorization / 95
+                 \\
+                 5.4.6 Typical Performance of Blocked Symmetric
+                 Indefinite Factorization. / 98 \\
+                 5.5 Linear Least Squares / 98 \\
+                 5.5.1 Householder Method / 99 \\
+                 5.5.2 Blocked Householder Method / 100 \\
+                 5.5.3 Typical Performance of the Blocked Householder
+                 Factorization / 101 \\
+                 5.6 Organization of the Modules / 102 \\
+                 5.6.1 Matrix--Vector Product / 102 \\
+                 5.6.2 Matrix--Matrix Product / 103 \\
+                 5.6.3 Typical Performance for Parallel Processing / 104
+                 \\
+                 5.6.4 Benefits / 105 \\
+                 5.7 LAPACK / 106 \\
+                 6 Direct Solution of Sparse Linear Systems / 109 \\
+                 6.1 Introduction to Direct Methods for Sparse Linear
+                 Systems / 111 \\
+                 6.1.1 Three Approaches / 111 \\
+                 6.1.2 Description of Sparse Data Structure / 112 \\
+                 6.1.3 Manipulation of Sparse Data Structure / 114 \\
+                 6.2 General Sparse Matrix Methods / 116 \\
+                 6.3 Methods for Symmetric Matrices and Band Systems /
+                 124 \\
+                 6.3.1 The Clique Concept in Gaussian Elimination / 125
+                 \\
+                 6.3.2 Code Performance and Symmetry / 128 \\
+                 6.4 Frontal Methods / 130 \\
+                 6.4.1 Organization / 130 \\
+                 6.4.2 Vector Performance / 132 \\
+                 6.5 Multifrontal Methods / 135 \\
+                 6.5.1 Performance on Vector Machines / 139 \\
+                 6.5.2 Performance on Parallel Machines / 139 \\
+                 6.6 Other Approaches for Exploitation of Parallelism /
+                 141 \\
+                 6.7 Software / 141 \\
+                 6.8 Brief Summary / 142 \\
+                 7 Iterative Solution of Sparse Linear Systems / 143 \\
+                 7.1 Iterative Methods / 145 \\
+                 7.1.1 Conjugate Gradient / 145 \\
+                 7.1.2 Least Squares Conjugate Gradients / 148 \\
+                 7.1.3 Biconjugate Gradients / 150 \\
+                 7.1.4 Conjugate Gradient Squared / 152 \\
+                 7.1.5 GMRES and GMRES(m) / 154 \\
+                 7.1.6 Adaptive Chebychev / 156 \\
+                 7.2 Vector and Parallel Aspects / 158 \\
+                 7.2.1 General Remarks / 158 \\
+                 7.2.2 Sparse Matrix-Vector Multiplication / 160 \\
+                 7.2.3 Performance of the Unpreconditioned Methods / 164
+                 \\
+                 7.3 Preconditioning / 165 \\
+                 7.3.1 General Aspects / 165 \\
+                 7.3.2 Efficient Implementations / 168 \\
+                 7.3.3 Partial Vectorization / 170 \\
+                 7.3.4 Reordering the Unknowns / 172 \\
+                 7.3.5 Changing the Order of Computation / 174 \\
+                 7.3.6 Some Other Vectorizable Preconditioners / 180 \\
+                 7.3.7 Parallel Aspects / 183 \\
+                 7.4 Experiences with Parallelism / 186 \\
+                 7.4.1 General Remarks / 186 \\
+                 7.4.2 Overlapping Local Preconditioners / 186 \\
+                 7.4.3 Repeated Twisted Factorization / 188 \\
+                 7.4.4 Twisted and Nested Twisted Factorization / 189
+                 \\
+                 7.4.5 Hyperplane Ordering / 189 \\
+                 A Acquiring Mathematical Software / 191 \\
+                 B Glossary / 197 \\
+                 C Information on Various High-Performance Computers /
+                 213 \\
+                 D Level 1, 2, and 3 BLAS Quick Reference / 221 \\
+                 E Operation Counts for Various BLAS and Decompositions
+                 / 227 \\
+                 Index / 247",
 }
 
 @Book{Doolen:LGM90,
@@ -3917,8 +4335,8 @@
                  Jean van Heijenoort",
   title =        "Kurt {\"G}odel: Collected Works. Vol. 1: Publications
                  1929-1936",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "459",
   year =         "1986",
   ISBN =         "0-19-503964-5",
@@ -3970,9 +4388,10 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-mz,
 }
 
-@Book{Flynn:1995:WH,
+@Book{Flynn:1995:WHH,
   author =       "Peter Flynn",
-  title =        "The {WorldWideWeb} Handbook",
+  title =        "The {WorldWideWeb} Handbook: An {HTML} Guide for
+                 Users, Authors and Publishers",
   publisher =    pub-ITCP,
   address =      pub-ITCP:adr,
   pages =        "xix + 351",
@@ -3981,12 +4400,46 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-1-85032-205-4",
   LCCN =         "TK5105.888 .F56 1995",
   bibdate =      "Wed Nov 15 08:24:30 1995",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-  note =         "Includes HTML quick reference guide. The book was
-                 written with the O'Reilly/Davenport DocBook SGML DTD,
-                 then translated with SGML2{\TeX} to plain {\TeX}, and
-                 typeset with Karl Berry's Eplain macros.",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/internet.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  note =         "Foreword by Tim Berners-Lee. Three sections deal with
+                 (1) Getting connected to the Internet and using
+                 Internet software; (2) Writing HTML (2.0) files for the
+                 WorldWideWeb; (3) Running a HTTP server and providing a
+                 Web service. Author is a member of the IETF Working
+                 Group on HTML. Text includes additional material on
+                 SGML; choice of editors, browsers and servers;
+                 copyright and intellectual property; and advance
+                 details of HTML3.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  remark =       "The book was written with the O'Reilly/Davenport
+                 DocBook SGML DTD, then translated with SGML2{\TeX} to
+                 plain {\TeX}, and typeset with Karl Berry's Eplain
+                 macros.",
+  tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\
+                 2: WorldWideWhat? \\
+                 3: For beginners \\
+                 4: Getting used to the Internet \\
+                 5: Using a WorldWideWeb browser \\
+                 6: How it works \\
+                 7: Introduction to HTML \\
+                 8: Simple document markup \\
+                 9: Hypertext links and graphics \\
+                 10: Tables, mathematics, and forms \\
+                 11: Controlling appearances \\
+                 12: Server software \\
+                 13: 'Searchable' URLs \\
+                 14: Keeping things straight \\
+                 15: Rights and responsibilities \\
+                 16: Copyright and intellectual property \\
+                 17: Authentication, encryption, and charging \\
+                 18: Future developments \\
+                 Appendix A: Converting existing text \\
+                 Appendix B: HTML3 \\
+                 Appendix C: Resources \\
+                 Appendix D: ISO and other sets of code tables",
 }
 
 @Book{Fortier:HLT89,
@@ -4087,7 +4540,10 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8053-1670-4",
   LCCN =         "QA76.73.C15F75 1995",
   bibdate =      "Wed Feb 08 10:55:34 1995",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/lcc.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
   note =         "From the authors' announcement: ``\ldots this book is
                  an example of a `literate program.' Like {\em {\TeX}:
                  The Program\/} by D. E. Knuth (Addison-Wesley, 1986),
@@ -4104,7 +4560,175 @@
                  on the WWW at URL
                  \path=http://www.cs.princeton.edu/software/lcc=.''",
   price =        "US\$55.95",
+  URL =          "https://www.pearson.com/us/higher-education/program/Hanson-Retargetable-C-Compiler-A-Design-and-Implementation/PGM166351.html",
+  abstract =     "This new text examines the design and implementation
+                 of Icc, a production-quality, retargetable compiler,
+                 designed at AT\&T Bell Laboratories and Princeton
+                 University for the ANSI C programming language. The
+                 authors' innovative approach --- a ``literate program''
+                 that intermingles the text with the source code ---
+                 gives a detailed tour of the code that explains the
+                 implementation and design decisions reflected in the
+                 software. And while most books describe toy compilers
+                 or focus on isolated pieces of code, the authors have
+                 made available the entire source code for a real
+                 compiler. Structured as a self-study guide that
+                 describes the real-world tradeoffs encountered in
+                 building a production-quality compiler, A Retargetable
+                 C Compiler is also useful to individuals who work in
+                 application areas using or creating language-based
+                 tools and techniques. Features: discusses the
+                 implementation and design tradeoffs made while
+                 constructing a real ANSI C compiler, illustrating the
+                 interaction between theory and practice; covers
+                 compiler theory only as needed to understand the
+                 implementation of Icc, focusing instead on practical,
+                 applied issues; encourages a deeper understanding of
+                 programming in C, by providing C programmers with a
+                 tour of the language from the perspective of compiler
+                 authors; includes coverage of code generators for the
+                 MIPS R3000, SPARC, and Intel 386 and its successors;
+                 and provides access to the full source code for the Icc
+                 compiler, the three back ends, and the code-generator
+                 generator, either on disk or via FTP.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1. Introduction: Literate Programs \\
+                 How to Read This Book \\
+                 Overview \\
+                 Design \\
+                 Common Declarations \\
+                 Syntax Specifications \\
+                 Errors \\
+                 2. Storage Management: Memory Management Interface \\
+                 Arena Representation \\
+                 Allocating Space \\
+                 Deallocating Space \\
+                 Strings \\
+                 3. Types: Representing Symbols \\
+                 Representing Symbol Tables \\
+                 Changing Scope \\
+                 Finding and Installing Identifiers \\
+                 Labels \\
+                 Constants \\
+                 Generated Variables \\
+                 4. Code Generation Interface: Representing Types \\
+                 Type Management \\
+                 Type Predicates \\
+                 Type Constructors \\
+                 Function Types \\
+                 Structure and Enumeration Types \\
+                 Type-Checking Functions \\
+                 Type Mapping \\
+                 5. Lexical Analysis: Type Metrics \\
+                 Interface Records \\
+                 Symbols \\
+                 Types \\
+                 Dag Operators \\
+                 Interface Flags \\
+                 Initialization \\
+                 Definitions \\
+                 Constants \\
+                 Functions \\
+                 Interface Binding \\
+                 Upcalls \\
+                 6. Parsing: Input \\
+                 Recognizing Tokens \\
+                 Recognizing Keywords \\
+                 Recognizing Identifiers \\
+                 Recognizing Numbers \\
+                 Recognizing Character Constants and Strings \\
+                 7. Expressions \\
+                 Languages and Grammars \\
+                 Ambiguity and Parse Trees \\
+                 Top-Down Parsing \\
+                 FIRST and FOLLOW Sets \\
+                 Writing Parsing Functions \\
+                 Handling Syntax Errors \\
+                 8. Expressions: Representing Expressions \\
+                 Parsing Expressions \\
+                 Parsing C Expressions \\
+                 Assignment Expressions \\
+                 Conditional Expressions \\
+                 Binary Expressions \\
+                 Unary and Postfix Expressions \\
+                 Primary Expressions \\
+                 9. Expression Semantics: Conversions \\
+                 Unary and Postfix Operators \\
+                 Function Calls \\
+                 Binary Operators \\
+                 Assignments \\
+                 Conditionals \\
+                 Constant Folding \\
+                 10. Statements: Representing Code \\
+                 Execution Points \\
+                 Recognizing Statements \\
+                 If Statements \\
+                 Labels and Gotos \\
+                 Loops \\
+                 Switch Statements \\
+                 Return Statements \\
+                 Managing Labels and Jumps \\
+                 11. Declarations: Translation Units \\
+                 Declarations \\
+                 Declarators \\
+                 Function Declarators \\
+                 Structure Specifiers \\
+                 Function Definitions \\
+                 Compound Statements \\
+                 Finalization \\
+                 The Main Program \\
+                 12. Generating Immediate Code: Eliminating Common
+                 Subexpressions \\
+                 Building Nodes \\
+                 Flow of Control \\
+                 Assignments \\
+                 Function Calls \\
+                 Enforcing Evaluation Order \\
+                 Driving Code Generation \\
+                 Eliminating Multiply Referenced Nodes \\
+                 13. Structuring the Code Generator: Organization of the
+                 Code Generator \\
+                 Interface Extensions \\
+                 Upcalls \\
+                 Node Extensions \\
+                 Symbol Extensions \\
+                 Frame Layout \\
+                 Generating Code to Copy Blocks \\
+                 Initialization \\
+                 14. Selecting and Emitting instructions: Specifications
+                 \\
+                 Labelling the Tree \\
+                 Reducing the Tree \\
+                 Cost Functions \\
+                 Debugging \\
+                 The Emitter \\
+                 Register Targeting \\
+                 Coordinating Instruction Selection \\
+                 Shared Rules \\
+                 Writing Specifications \\
+                 15. Register Allocation: Organization \\
+                 Tracking the Register State \\
+                 Allocating Registers \\
+                 Spilling \\
+                 16. Generating MIPS R3000 Code: Registers \\
+                 Selecting Instructions \\
+                 Implementing Functions \\
+                 Defining Data \\
+                 Segments \\
+                 Copying Blocks \\
+                 17. Generating SPARC Code: Registers \\
+                 Selecting Instructions \\
+                 Implementing Functions \\
+                 Defining Data \\
+                 Copying Blocks, 18. Generating X86 Code: Registers \\
+                 Selecting Instructions \\
+                 Implementing Functions \\
+                 Defining Data \\
+                 19. Retrospective: Data Structures \\
+                 Interface \\
+                 Syntactic and Semantic Analyses \\
+                 Code Generation and Optimization \\
+                 Testing and Validation",
 }
 
 @Book{Freeman:NN91,
@@ -4218,8 +4842,8 @@
 @Book{Gibson:PNA90,
   author =       "Rosalind S. Gibson",
   title =        "Principles of Nutritional Assessment",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "xvi + 691",
   year =         "1990",
   ISBN =         "0-19-505838-0",
@@ -4288,38 +4912,199 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-mz,
 }
 
-@Book{Golub:MC89,
-  author =       "Gene H. Golub and Charles F. van Loan",
+@Book{Golub:1989:MC,
+  author =       "Gene H. Golub and Charles F. {Van Loan}",
   title =        "Matrix Computations",
-  publisher =    pub-JHUP,
-  address =      pub-JHUP:adr,
+  volume =       "3",
+  publisher =    pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS,
+  address =      pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS:adr,
   edition =      "Second",
-  pages =        "xvi + 476",
+  pages =        "xix + 642",
   year =         "1989",
-  ISBN =         "0-8018-3010-9 (hardcover), 0-8018-3011-7 (paperback)",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8018-3010-5 (hardcover), 978-0-8018-3011-2
+  ISBN =         "0-8018-3772-3 (hardcover), 0-8018-3739-1 (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8018-3772-2 (hardcover), 978-0-8018-3739-5
                  (paperback)",
-  LCCN =         "QA188 .G65 1983",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:00:46 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  LCCN =         "QA188 .G65 1989",
+  MRclass =      "65Fxx (65-02)",
+  MRnumber =     "90d:65055",
+  MRreviewer =   "Perry Smith",
+  bibdate =      "Mon Oct 26 07:31:01 1998",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/l/lanczos-cornelius.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/domain-decomp.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/matlab.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  price =        "US\$14.50",
   series =       "Johns Hopkins Series in the Mathematical Sciences",
+  ZMnumber =     "0733.65016",
+  abstract =     "Thoroughly revised, updated, and expanded by more than
+                 one third, this new edition of Golub and Van Loan's
+                 landmark book in scientific computing provides the
+                 vital mathematical background and algorithmic skills
+                 required for the production of numerical software. New
+                 chapters on high performance computing use matrix
+                 multiplication to show how to organize a calculation
+                 for vector processors as well as for computers with
+                 shared or distributed memories. Also new are
+                 discussions of parallel vector methods for linear
+                 equations, least squares, and eigenvalue problems.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-}
-
-@Book{Golub:SCD92,
+  author-dates = "Gene Howard Golub (February 29, 1932--November 16,
+                 2007)",
+  keywords =     "book; math; matrices --- data processing; matrices ---
+                 informatique; na; nla",
+  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
+  remark =       "See review by G. W. Steward in Mathematics of
+                 Computation, Vol. 56, No. 193 (Jan., 1991),
+                 pp. 380--381.",
+  shorttableofcontents = "Preface to the Third Edition \\
+                 Software \\
+                 Selected References \\
+                 Matrix Multiplication Problems / 1 \\
+                 Matrix Analysis / 48 \\
+                 General Linear Systems / 87 \\
+                 Special Linear Systems / 133 \\
+                 Orthogonalization and Least Squares / 206 \\
+                 Parallel Matrix Computations / 275 \\
+                 The Unsymmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 308 \\
+                 The Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 391 \\
+                 Lanczos Methods / 470 \\
+                 Iterative Methods for Linear Systems / 508 \\
+                 Functions of Matrices / 555 \\
+                 Special Topics / 579 \\
+                 Bibliography / 637 \\
+                 Index / 687",
+  tableofcontents = "Preface to the First Edition / xi \\
+                 Preface to the Second Edition / xv \\
+                 Using the Book / xvii \\
+                 1: Matrix Multiplication Problems / 1 \\
+                 1.1 Basic Algorithms and Notations / 2 \\
+                 1.2 Exploiting Structure / 16 \\
+                 1.3 Block Matrices and Algorithms / 25 \\
+                 1.4 Aspects of Vector Pipeline Computing / 35 \\
+                 2: Matrix Analysis / 49 \\
+                 2.1 Basic Ideas from Linear Algebra / 49 \\
+                 2.2 Vector Norms / 53 \\
+                 2.3 Matrix Norms / 55 \\
+                 2.4 Finite Precision Matrix Computations / 60 \\
+                 2.5 Orthogonality and the SVD / 70 \\
+                 2.6 Projections and the CS Decomposition / 75 \\
+                 2.7 The Sensitivity of Square Linear Systems / 79 \\
+                 3: General Linear Systems / 86 \\
+                 3.1 Triangular Systems / 86 \\
+                 3.2 Computing the LU Factorization / 92 \\
+                 3.3 Roundoff Analysis of Gaussian Elimination / 104 \\
+                 3.4 Pivoting / 108 \\
+                 3.5 Improving and Estimating Accuracy / 123 \\
+                 4: Special Linear Systems / 133 \\
+                 4.1 The $LDM^T$ and $LDL^T$ Factorizations / 134 \\
+                 4.2 Positive Definite Systems / 139 \\
+                 4.3 Banded Systems / 149 \\
+                 4.4 Symmetric Indefinite Systems / 159 \\
+                 4.5 Block Tridiagonal Systems / 170 \\
+                 4.6 Vandermonde Systems / 178 \\
+                 4.7 Toeplitz Systems / 183 \\
+                 5: Orthogonalization and Least Squares / 193 \\
+                 5.1 Householder and Givens Transformations / 194 \\
+                 5.2 The $Q R$ Factorization / 211 \\
+                 5.3 The Full Rank Least Squares Problem / 221 \\
+                 5.4 Other Orthogonal Factorizations / 233 \\
+                 5.5 The Rank Deficient Least Squares Problem / 241 \\
+                 5.6 Weighting and Iterative Improvement / 250 \\
+                 5.7 A Note on Square and Underdetermined Systems / 256
+                 \\
+                 6: Parallel Matrix Computations / 260 \\
+                 6.1 Distributed Memory Gaxpy / 261 \\
+                 6.2 Shared Memory Gaxpy / 276 \\
+                 6.3 Parallel Matrix Multiplication / 288 \\
+                 6.4 Ring Factorization Procedures / 301 \\
+                 6.5 Mesh Factorization Procedures / 310 \\
+                 6.6 Shared Memory Factorization Methods / 321 \\
+                 7: The Unsymmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 331 \\
+                 7.1 Properties and Decompositions / 332 \\
+                 7.2 Perturbation Theory / 341 \\
+                 7.3 Power Iterations / 351 \\
+                 7.4 Hessenberg and Real Schur Forms / 361 \\
+                 7.5 The Practical $Q R$ Algorithm / 373 \\
+                 7.6 Invariant Subspace Computations / 382 \\
+                 7.7 The $QZ$ Method for $A x = \lambda B x$ / 394 \\
+                 8: The Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 409 \\
+                 8.1 Properties, Decompositions, Perturbation Theory /
+                 410 \\
+                 8.2 The Symmetric $Q R$ Algorithm / 418 \\
+                 8.3 Computing the SVD / 427 \\
+                 8.4 Some Special Methods / 437 \\
+                 8.5 Jacobi Methods / 444 \\
+                 8.6 A Divide and Conquer Method / 459 \\
+                 8.7 More Generalized Eigenvalue Problems / 466 \\
+                 9: Lanczos Methods / 475 \\
+                 9.1 Derivation and Convergence Properties / 476 \\
+                 9.2 Practical Lanczos Procedures / 484 \\
+                 9.3 Applications and Extensions / 494 \\
+                 10: Iterative Methods for Linear Systems / 505 \\
+                 10.1 The Standard Iterations / 506 \\
+                 10.2 The Conjugate Gradient Method / 516 \\
+                 10.3 Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient Methods / 527
+                 \\
+                 11: Functions of Matrices / 539 \\
+                 11.1 Eigenvalue Methods / 540 \\
+                 11.2 Approximation Methods / 546 \\
+                 11.3 The Matrix Exponential / 555 \\
+                 12: Special Topics / 561 \\
+                 12.1 Some Constrained Least Squares Problems / 561 \\
+                 12.2 Subset Selection Using the SVD / 571 \\
+                 12.3 Total Least Squares / 576 \\
+                 12.4 Comparing Subspaces Using the SVD / 581 \\
+                 12.5 Some Modified Eigenvalue Problems / 587 \\
+                 12.6 Updating the $Q R$ Factorization / 592 \\
+                 Bibliography / 601 \\
+                 Index / 635",
+}
+
+@Book{Golub:1992:SCD,
   author =       "Gene H. Golub and James M. Ortega",
-  title =        "Scientific Computing and Differential Equations",
-  publisher =    pub-AP,
-  address =      pub-AP:adr,
+  title =        "Scientific Computing and Differential Equations: An
+                 Introduction to Numerical Methods",
+  publisher =    pub-ACADEMIC,
+  address =      pub-ACADEMIC:adr,
+  edition =      "Second",
   pages =        "xi + 337",
   year =         "1992",
   ISBN =         "0-12-289255-0",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-12-289255-4",
   LCCN =         "QA371 .G62 1992",
+  MRclass =      "65Lxx, 00A06, 65-01, 65Fxx, 65Hxx, 65Mxx, 65Nxx",
+  MRnumber =     "92f:65002",
   bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:00:48 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
   note =         prep-latex,
+  ZMnumber =     "0749.65041",
   acknowledgement = ack-gg,
+  author-dates = "Gene Howard Golub (February 29, 1932--November 16,
+                 2007)",
+  keywords =     "na, book",
+  remark =       "Several library catalogs identify this entry and entry
+                 Golub:1996:SCD as `editions': however, the ISBN remains
+                 unchanged, and no trace of first or third editions has
+                 been found in library catalogs, so it may be that these
+                 are just printings, possibly with corrections.",
+  tableofcontents = "The World of Scientific Computing \\
+                 Letting It Fly \\
+                 Initial Value Problems \\
+                 Pinning It Down: Boundary Value Problems \\
+                 More on Linear Systems of Equations \\
+                 Life Is Really Nonlinear \\
+                 Is There More Than Finite Differences? N Important
+                 Numbers \\
+                 Space and Time \\
+                 The Curse of Dimensionality \\
+                 Appendixes: Analysis of Differential Equations \\
+                 Linear Algebra \\
+                 Bibliography \\
+                 Index",
 }
 
 @Book{Goodheart:MGE94,
@@ -4394,18 +5179,77 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-mz,
 }
 
-@Book{Grandine:NMP90,
+@Book{Grandine:1990:NMP,
   author =       "Thomas A. Grandine",
   title =        "The Numerical Methods Programming Projects Book",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "viii + 146",
   year =         "1990",
-  ISBN =         "0-19-853387-X",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-853387-0",
+  ISBN =         "0-19-853385-3 (hardcover), 0-19-853387-X (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-853385-6 (hardcover), 978-0-19-853387-0
+                 (paperback)",
   LCCN =         "QA76.6 .G718 1990",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:01:17 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:54:20 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  ZMnumber =     "0687.65002",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  shorttableofcontents = "Introduction \\
+                 1. The Set Up \\
+                 2. Project 1 Through Project 22 \\
+                 3. Documentation \\
+                 4. Co5adf \\
+                 5. Do1ajf \\
+                 6. Do2hbf \\
+                 7. Eo2baf \\
+                 8. Eo2bcf \\
+                 9. Eo2bdf \\
+                 10. Eo4vdf \\
+                 11. Fo1btf \\
+                 12. Fo2waf \\
+                 13. Fo4ayf \\
+                 14. FO4JGf",
+  tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\
+                 The setup / 6 \\
+                 Project 1 / 8 \\
+                 Project 2 / 10 \\
+                 Project 3 / 12 \\
+                 Project 4 / 14 \\
+                 Project 5 / 16 \\
+                 Project 6 / 18 \\
+                 Project 7 / 20 \\
+                 Project 8 / 22 \\
+                 Project 9 / 25 \\
+                 Project 10 / 27 \\
+                 Project 11 / 30 \\
+                 Project 12 / 32 \\
+                 Project 13 / 36 \\
+                 Project 14 / 38 \\
+                 Project 15 / 40 \\
+                 Project 16 / 42 \\
+                 Project 17 / 44 \\
+                 Project 18 / 46 \\
+                 Project 19 / 48 \\
+                 Project 20 / 51 \\
+                 Project 21 / 53 \\
+                 Project 22 / 56 \\
+                 Documentation / 59 \\
+                 C0SADF / 60 \\
+                 D01AJF / 63 \\
+                 D02BBF / 67 \\
+                 D02HBF / 73 \\
+                 E02BAF / 82 \\
+                 E02BCF / 88 \\
+                 E02BDF / 92 \\
+                 E04VDF / 95 \\
+                 F01BTF / 106 \\
+                 F02WAF / 109 \\
+                 F04AYF / 113 \\
+                 F04JGF / 116 \\
+                 Answers to exercises / 121 \\
+                 NAG Graphical Library examples / 135 Index / 144",
 }
 
 @Book{Granshaw:HAO88,
@@ -4885,11 +5729,71 @@
   ISBN =         "0-89871-355-2 (paperback)",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-89871-355-8 (paperback)",
   LCCN =         "QA297.H53 1996",
+  MRclass =      "65Fxx, 15-04, 65-02, 65G50",
   bibdate =      "Tue Jan 30 11:01:35 1996",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-  note =         "Typeset with \LaTeX2e",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/h/higham-nicholas-john.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
   price =        "US\$39.00",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  URL =          "http://www.ma.man.ac.uk/~higham/asna.html",
+  acknowledgement = ack-njh # " and " # ack-nhfb,
+  remark =       "Typeset with \LaTeX2e.",
+  tableofcontents = "Principles of Finite Precision Computation \\
+                 Relative Error and Significant Digits \\
+                 Sources of Errors \\
+                 Precision Versus Accuracy \\
+                 Backward and Forward Errors \\
+                 Conditioning \\
+                 Cancellation \\
+                 Solving a Quadratic Equation \\
+                 Computing the Sample Variance \\
+                 Solving Linear Equations \\
+                 Accumulation of Rounding Errors \\
+                 Instability Without Cancellation \\
+                 Increasing the Precision \\
+                 Cancellation of Rounding Errors \\
+                 Rounding Errors Can Be Beneficial \\
+                 Stability of an Algorithm Depends on the Problem \\
+                 Rounding Errors Are Not Random \\
+                 Designing Stable Algorithms \\
+                 Misconceptions \\
+                 Rounding Errors in Numerical Analysis \\
+                 Floating Point Arithmetic \\
+                 Floating Point Number System \\
+                 Model of Arithmetic \\
+                 IEEE Arithmetic \\
+                 Aberrant Arithmetics \\
+                 Exact Subtraction \\
+                 Fused Multiply-Add Operation \\
+                 Choice of Base and Distribution of Numbers \\
+                 Statistical Distribution of Rounding Errors \\
+                 Alternative Number Systems \\
+                 Elementary Functions \\
+                 Accuracy Tests \\
+                 Inner and Outer Products \\
+                 The Purpose of Rounding Error Analysis \\
+                 Running Error Analysis \\
+                 Notation for Error Analysis \\
+                 Matrix Multiplication \\
+                 Complex Arithmetic \\
+                 Miscellany \\
+                 Error Analysis Demystified \\
+                 Other Approaches \\
+                 Summation \\
+                 Summation Methods \\
+                 Error Analysis \\
+                 Compensated Summation \\
+                 Other Summation Methods \\
+                 Statistical Estimates of Accuracy \\
+                 Choice of Method \\
+                 Polynomials \\
+                 Horner's Method \\
+                 Evaluating Derivatives \\
+                 The Newton Form and Polynomial Interpolation \\
+                 Matrix Polynomials \\
+                 Norms \\
+                 Vector Norms",
 }
 
 @Book{Hildreth:MVM84,
@@ -5900,20 +6804,28 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-fl,
 }
 
-@Book{Lyche:MMC89,
-  author =       "Tom Lyche and Larry L. Schumaker",
+@Proceedings{Lyche:1989:MMC,
+  editor =       "Tom Lyche and Larry L. Schumaker",
+  booktitle =    "Mathematical Methods in Computer Aided Geometric
+                 Design",
   title =        "Mathematical Methods in Computer Aided Geometric
                  Design",
-  publisher =    pub-AP,
-  address =      pub-AP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-ACADEMIC,
+  address =      pub-ACADEMIC:adr,
   pages =        "xv + 611",
   year =         "1989",
   ISBN =         "0-12-460515-X",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-12-460515-2",
   LCCN =         "QA448.D38 M381 1989",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:03:54 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
+  MRclass =      "00Bxx, 41-06",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:38:41 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  ZMnumber =     "0669.00011",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  remark =       "Papers originally presented at an international
+                 conference held June 16--22, 1988, at the University of
+                 Oslo, Norway.",
 }
 
 @Book{Lynch:1996:DA,
@@ -7313,10 +8225,41 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-00311-5",
   LCCN =         "QA76.9.A25 S265 2003",
   bibdate =      "Mon Jun 16 18:35:35 2003",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cryptography2000.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/datacompression.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sigact.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
   price =        "US\$59.95",
   URL =          "http://www.booksbydavidsalomon.com/",
+  abstract =     "This integrated volume focuses on keeping data secure
+                 and private and covers classical cryptography, modern
+                 cryptography, and steganography. Each topic is
+                 presented and explained by describing various methods,
+                 techniques, and algorithms. Moreover, there are
+                 numerous helpful examples to reinforce the reader's
+                 understanding and expertise with these techniques and
+                 methodologies.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "Part I: Data Encryption \\
+                 1: Monoalphabetic Substitution Ciphers \\
+                 2: Transposition Ciphers \\
+                 3: Polyalphabetic Substitution Ciphers \\
+                 4: Random Numbers \\
+                 5: The Enigma \\
+                 6: Stream Ciphers \\
+                 7: Block Ciphers \\
+                 8: Public-Key Cryptography \\
+                 9: Quantum Cryptography \\
+                 Part II: Data Hiding \\
+                 10: Data Hiding in Text \\
+                 11: Data Hiding in Images \\
+                 12: Data Hiding: Other Methods \\
+                 Part III: Essential Resources \\
+                 Appendix A: Convolution \\
+                 Appendix B: Hashing \\
+                 Appendix C: Cyclic Redundancy Codes \\
+                 Appendix D: Galois Fields",
 }
 
 @Book{Salomon:2004:DCC,
@@ -7679,7 +8622,7 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
-@Book{Sedgewick:A88,
+@Book{Sedgewick:1988:A,
   author =       "Robert Sedgewick",
   title =        "Algorithms",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
@@ -7690,10 +8633,18 @@
   ISBN =         "0-201-06673-4",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-06673-9",
   LCCN =         "QA76.6 .S435 1988",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:07:56 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-  note =         prep-tex,
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-mz,
+  MRclass =      "68-01, 68N01, 68P05, 68P10, 68Q25, 68W10, 68W99",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:41:37 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg-2ed.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hash.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  price =        "US\$34.95",
+  ZMnumber =     "0717.68005",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
+  remark =       prep-tex,
 }
 
 @Book{Sedgewick:AC90,
@@ -7956,24 +8907,36 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-te,
 }
 
-@Book{Steele:common-lisp-2,
+@Book{Steele:1990:CLL,
   author =       "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}",
-  title =        "Common Lisp\emdash The Language",
-  publisher =    pub-DP # " and " # pub-PH,
-  address =      pub-DP:adr # " and " # pub-PH:adr,
+  title =        "{Common Lisp}: The Language",
+  publisher =    pub-DP,
+  address =      pub-DP:adr,
   edition =      "Second",
   pages =        "xxiii + 1029",
   year =         "1990",
-  ISBN =         "1-55558-041-6 (paperback) and 1-55558-042-4
-                 (hardcover) (Digital Press), 0-13-152414-3
-                 (Prentice-Hall)",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55558-041-4 (paperback) and 978-1-55558-042-1
-                 (hardcover) (Digital Press), 978-0-13-152414-9
-                 (Prentice-Hall)",
+  ISBN =         "1-55558-041-6 (paperback), 1-55558-042-4 (hardcover),
+                 0-08-050226-1 (e-book), 0-13-152414-3 (Prentice-Hall)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55558-041-4 (paperback), 978-1-55558-042-1
+                 (hardcover), 978-0-08-050226-7 (e-book),
+                 978-0-13-152414-9 (Prentice-Hall)",
   LCCN =         "QA76.73.L23 S73 1990",
-  bibdate =      "Fri Jul 22 10:26:10 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-  note =         "Camera-ready copy for this book was created by the
+  bibdate =      "Thu May 16 16:38:35 2002",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/case-based-reasoning.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/common-lisp.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  note =         "With contributions by Scott E. Fahlman and others, and
+                 with contributions to the second edition by Daniel G.
+                 Bobrow and others. See also
+                 \cite{Steele:CLL84,Tatar:PGC87}.",
+  abstract =     "In this greatly expanded edition of the defacto
+                 standard, you'll learn about the nearly 200 changes
+                 already made since original publication --- and find
+                 out about gray areas likely to be revised later.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
+  remark =       "Camera-ready copy for this book was created by the
                  author (using {\TeX}, {\LaTeX}, and {\TeX} macros
                  written by the author), proofed on an Apple LaserWriter
                  II, and printed on a Linotron 300 at Advanced Computer
@@ -8004,8 +8967,113 @@
                  book were digitized by Adobe Systems Incorporated,
                  except for Computer Modern Math, which was designed by
                  Donald E. Knuth.",
-  price =        "US\$38.95 (paperback), US\$44.95 (hardcover)",
-  acknowledgement = ack-gs,
+  tableofcontents = "Preface (Second Edition) \\
+                 Acknowledgments (Second Edition) \\
+                 Acknowledgments (First Edition) \\
+                 1: Introduction \\
+                 1.1. Purpose \\
+                 1.2. Notational Conventions \\
+                 2: Data Types \\
+                 2.1. Numbers \\
+                 2.2. Characters \\
+                 2.3. Symbols \\
+                 2.4. Lists and Conses \\
+                 2.5. Arrays \\
+                 2.6. Hash Tables \\
+                 2.7. Readtables \\
+                 2.8. Packages \\
+                 2.9. Pathnames \\
+                 2.10. Streams \\
+                 2.11. Random-States \\
+                 2.12. Structures \\
+                 2.13. Functions \\
+                 2.14. Unreadable Data Objects \\
+                 2.15. Overlap, Inclusion, and Disjointness of Types \\
+                 3: Scope and Extent \\
+                 4: Type Specifiers \\
+                 4.1. Type Specifier Symbols \\
+                 4.2. Type Specifier Lists \\
+                 4.3. Predicating Type Specifiers \\
+                 4.4. Type Specifiers That Combine \\
+                 4.5. Type Specifiers That Specialize \\
+                 4.6. Type Specifiers That Abbreviate \\
+                 4.7. Defining New Type Specifiers \\
+                 4.8. Type Conversion Function \\
+                 4.9. Determining the Type of an Object \\
+                 4.10. Type Upgrading \\
+                 5: Program Structure \\
+                 5.1. Forms \\
+                 5.2. Functions \\
+                 5.3. Top-Level Forms \\
+                 6: Predicates \\
+                 6.1. Logical Values \\
+                 6.2. Data Type Predicates \\
+                 6.3. Equality Predicates \\
+                 6.4. Logical Operators \\
+                 7: Control Structure \\
+                 7.1. Constants and Variables \\
+                 7.2. Generalized Variables \\
+                 7.3. Function Invocation \\
+                 7.4. Simple Sequencing \\
+                 7.5. Establishing New Variable Bindings \\
+                 7.6. Conditionals \\
+                 7.7. Blocks and Exits \\
+                 7.8. Iteration \\
+                 7.9. Structure Traversal and Side Effects \\
+                 7.10. Multiple Values \\
+                 7.11. Dynamic Non-Local Exits \\
+                 8: Macros \\
+                 8.1. Macro Definition \\
+                 8.2. Macro Expansion \\
+                 8.3. Destructuring \\
+                 8.4. Compiler Macros \\
+                 8.5. Environments \\
+                 9: Declarations \\
+                 9.1. Declaration Syntax \\
+                 9.2. Declaration Specifiers \\
+                 9.3. Type Declaration for Forms \\
+                 10: Symbols \\
+                 10.1. The Property List \\
+                 10.2. The Print Name \\
+                 10.3. Creating Symbols \\
+                 11: Packages \\
+                 11.1. Consistency Rules \\
+                 11.2. Package Names \\
+                 11.3. Translating Strings to Symbols \\
+                 11.4. Exporting and Importing Symbols \\
+                 11.5. Name Conflicts \\
+                 11.6. Built-in Packages \\
+                 11.7. Package System Functions and Variables \\
+                 11.8. Modules \\
+                 11.9. An Example \\
+                 12: Numbers \\
+                 12.1. Precision, Contagion, and Coercion \\
+                 12.2. Predicates on Numbers \\
+                 12.3. Comparisons on Numbers \\
+                 12.4. Arithmetic Operations \\
+                 12.5. Irrational and Transcendental Functions \\
+                 12.6. Type Conversions and Component Extractions on
+                 Numbers \\
+                 12.7. Logical Operations on Numbers \\
+                 12.8. Byte Manipulation Functions \\
+                 12.9. Random Numbers \\
+                 12.10. Implementation Parameters \\
+                 13: Characters \\
+                 13.1. Character Attributes \\
+                 13.2. Predicates on Characters \\
+                 13.3. Character Construction and Selection \\
+                 13.4. Character Conversions \\
+                 13.5. Character Control-Bit Functions \\
+                 14: Sequences \\
+                 14.1. Simple Sequence Functions \\
+                 14.2. Concatenating, Mapping, and Reducing Sequences
+                 \\
+                 14.3. Modifying Sequences \\
+                 14.4. Searching Sequences for Items \\
+                 14.5. Sorting and Merging \\
+                 15: Lists \\
+                 15.1. Conses \\
+                 15.2. Lists",
 }
 
 @Book{Stephen:NND90,
@@ -8656,21 +9724,86 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-mz,
 }
 
-@Book{vanHerwijnen:PS90,
-  author =       "Eric van Herwijnen",
+@Book{vanHerwijnen:1990:PS,
+  author =       "Eric {van Herwijnen}",
   title =        "Practical {SGML}",
   publisher =    pub-KLUWER,
   address =      pub-KLUWER:adr,
   pages =        "xviii + 307",
   year =         "1990",
-  ISBN =         "0-7923-0635-X",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-7923-0635-1",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-0687-0",
+  ISBN =         "0-7923-0635-X, 0-7923-9434-8",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-7923-0635-1, 978-0-7923-9434-1",
   LCCN =         "QA76.73.S44 V36 1990",
-  bibdate =      "Fri Jul 22 10:37:37 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
-  note =         "I have not yet seen the final version; it might not be
-                 in {\TeX/\LaTeX}.",
-  acknowledgement = ack-mc,
+  bibdate =      "Mon Oct 26 07:31:07 1998",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  price =        "UK\pounds24.90, US\$49.00",
+  abstract =     "Many times there are subjects which demand further
+                 explanations and guidance written about them. Such is
+                 the case with SGML, the Standard Generalized Markup
+                 Language; and ISO Standard published in October, 1986
+                 under the number 8879. There have been many conferences
+                 given on this topic, world-wide, as the interest in
+                 SGML exists in Europe, the US, Australia and Japan.
+                 This book is the first which contains information not
+                 only on ISO 8879 itself, but many helpful hints and
+                 ideas on developing SGML, applications and discussions
+                 of the current software written to be conforming to the
+                 ISO standard. 'Ibis book is critical for any end-user
+                 and application developer to understand the many issues
+                 necessary to develop SGML implementations (software
+                 selection is one of the topics discussed) and SGML
+                 applications. A number of examples of the applications
+                 of SGML in various situations are discussed and one can
+                 expect that the book will stimulate further discussion
+                 of these. This book is a practical guide to various
+                 components of the language and the author's experience
+                 in development and working with SGML in his position as
+                 leader of the text processing section at CERN ensures
+                 that the guidance is based on practical first-hand
+                 experience at an installation with a large number of
+                 end-users of very varied experience.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "I Getting Started with SGML 1 \\
+                 1: Introduction \\
+                 2: An SGML application \\
+                 document type components \\
+                 3: Creating an SGML application: method and basics \\
+                 4: Creating an SGML application: examples and summary
+                 \\
+                 5: Managing SGML \\
+                 II: Advanced SGML 97 \\
+                 6: Creating an SGML application: advanced concepts \\
+                 7: Advanced SGML constructs \\
+                 8: Mathematics and Graphics \\
+                 III: SGML implementations 165 \\
+                 9: SGML implementations \\
+                 10: Creating SGML documents \\
+                 11: SGML and databases \\
+                 12: The CALS initiative \\
+                 13: SGML and EDI \\
+                 Appendix A: Answers to the problems \\
+                 A.1 Answers for Chapter 1 \\
+                 A.2 Answers for Chapter 2 \\
+                 A.3 Answers for Chapter 3 \\
+                 A.4 Answers for Chapter 4 \\
+                 A.5 Answers for Chapter 6 \\
+                 A.6 Answers for Chapter 7 \\
+                 A.7 Answers for Chapter 10 \\
+                 Appendix B: Writing a book on SGML using SGML \\
+                 B.1 Statistics \\
+                 B.2 Document exchange \\
+                 B.3 Bibliography for Appendix B \\
+                 Appendix C: The Ericbook DTD \\
+                 Appendix D: Some TeX entity definitions \\
+                 Appendix E: How to read ISO 8879 \\
+                 E.1 Structure of the SGML standard \\
+                 E.2 Notation used in the SGML standard \\
+                 E.3 Bibliography for Appendix E \\
+                 Bibliography for Glossary",
 }
 
 @Book{vanHerwijnen:PS94,
@@ -8841,8 +9974,8 @@
 @Book{Vitter:DAC87,
   author =       "Jeffrey Scott Vitter",
   title =        "Design and Analysis of Coalesced Hashing",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "xii + 160",
   year =         "1987",
   ISBN =         "0-19-504182-8",
@@ -9134,8 +10267,8 @@
   author =       "Arthur G. Werschulz",
   title =        "The Computational Complexity of Differential and
                  Integral Equations: An Information-Based Approach",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "ix + 331",
   month =        oct,
   year =         "1991",
@@ -9484,20 +10617,118 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
 }
 
-@Book{Zwillinger:HI92,
+@Book{Zwillinger:1992:HI,
   author =       "Daniel Zwillinger",
   title =        "Handbook of Integration",
-  publisher =    pub-JBP,
-  address =      pub-JBP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-A-K-PETERS,
+  address =      pub-A-K-PETERS:adr,
   pages =        "xv + 367",
   year =         "1992",
-  ISBN =         "0-86720-293-9",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-86720-293-9",
+  ISBN =         "0-86720-293-9, 1-4398-6584-1 (e-book)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-86720-293-9, 978-1-4398-6584-2 (e-book)",
   LCCN =         "QA299.3 .Z85 1992",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 30 16:11:44 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+  MRclass =      "65D32, 26A42, 65-00, 65D30, 68W30, 28-01, 26-01",
+  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 24 15:53:15 MST 2005",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
   note =         prep-tex,
-  acknowledgement = ack-ys,
+  abstract =     "This book is a compilation of the most important and
+                 widely applicable methods for evaluating and
+                 approximating integrals. It is an indispensable time
+                 saver for engineers and scientists needing to evaluate
+                 integrals in their work.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  bookformat =   "Hardcover",
+  category =     "Professional \& Technical; Professional Science;
+                 Mathematics; Pure Mathematics; Calculus",
+  DEWEY =        "515.43 20",
+  idnumber =     "541",
+  keywords =     "Numerical integration",
+  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
+  subject =      "Numerical integration",
+  tableofcontents = "Preface \\
+                 Introduction \\
+                 How to Use This Book \\
+                 Part I: Applications of Integration \\
+                 1: Differential Equations: Integral Representations \\
+                 2: Differential Equations: Integral Transforms \\
+                 3: Extremal Problems \\
+                 4: Function Representation \\
+                 5: Geometric Applications \\
+                 6: MIT Integration Bee \\
+                 7: Probability \\
+                 8: Summations: Combinatorial \\
+                 9: Summations: Other \\
+                 10: Zeros of Functions \\
+                 11: Miscellaneous Applications \\
+                 Part II: Concepts and Definitions \\
+                 12: Definitions \\
+                 13: Integral Definitions \\
+                 14: Caveats \\
+                 15: Changing Order of Integration \\
+                 16: Convergence of Integrals \\
+                 17: Exterior Calculus \\
+                 18: Feynman Diagrams \\
+                 19: Finite Part of Integrals \\
+                 20: Fractional Integration \\
+                 21: Liouville Theory \\
+                 22: Mean Value Theorems \\
+                 23: Path Integrals \\
+                 24: Principal Value Integrals \\
+                 25: Transforms: To a Finite Interval \\
+                 26: Transforms: Multidimensional Integrals \\
+                 27: Transforms: Miscellaneous \\
+                 Part III: Exact Analytical Methods \\
+                 28: Change of Variable \\
+                 29: Computer Aided Solution \\
+                 30: Contour Integration \\
+                 31: Convolution Techniques \\
+                 32: Differentiation and Integration \\
+                 33: Dilogarithms \\
+                 34: Elliptic Integrals \\
+                 35: Frullanian Integrals . \\
+                 36: Functional Equations \\
+                 37: Integration by Parts \\
+                 38: Line and Surface Integrals \\
+                 39: Look Up Technique \\
+                 40: Special Integration Techniques \\
+                 41: Stochastic Integration \\
+                 42: Tables of Integrals \\
+                 Part IV: Approximate Analytical Methods \\
+                 43: Asymptotic Expansions \\
+                 44: Asymptotic Expansions: Multiple Integrals \\
+                 45: Continued Fractions \\
+                 46: Integral Inequalities \\
+                 47: Integration by Parts \\
+                 48: Interval Analysis \\
+                 49: Laplace's Method \\
+                 50: Stationary Phase \\
+                 51: Steepest Descent \\
+                 52: Approximations: Miscellaneous \\
+                 Part V: Numerical Methods: Concepts \\
+                 53: Introduction to Numerical Methods \\
+                 54: Numerical Definitions \\
+                 55: Error Analysis \\
+                 56: Romberg Integration / Richardson Extrapolation \\
+                 57: Software Libraries: Introduction \\
+                 58: Software Libraries: Taxonomy \\
+                 59: Software Libraries: Excerpts from GAMS \\
+                 60: Testing Quadrature Rules \\
+                 61: Truncating an Infinite Interval \\
+                 Part VI: Numerical Methods: Techniques \\
+                 62: Adaptive Quadrature \\
+                 63: Clenshaw--Curtis Rules \\
+                 64: Compound Rules \\
+                 65: Cubic Splines \\
+                 66: Using Derivative Information \\
+                 67: Gaussian Quadrature \\
+                 68: Gaussian Quadrature: Generalized \\
+                 69: Gaussian Quadrature: Kronrod's Extension \\
+                 70: Lattice Rules \\
+                 71: Monte Carlo Method \\
+                 72: Number Theoretic Methods",
 }
 
 @Proceedings{Brachman:KR91,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib
index acc8fc3106c..0e2b6da993f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 %%% ====================================================================
 %%%  BibTeX-file{
 %%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%%     version         = "3.70",
-%%%     date            = "05 January 2019",
-%%%     time            = "17:12:44 MST",
+%%%     version         = "3.71",
+%%%     date            = "31 January 2019",
+%%%     time            = "10:23:30 MST",
 %%%     filename        = "texbook3.bib",
 %%%     address         = "University of Utah
 %%%                        Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 %%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
 %%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
 %%%     URL             = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
-%%%     checksum        = "41693 18059 74365 731828",
+%%%     checksum        = "28687 20940 92102 883729",
 %%%     email           = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
 %%%                        beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
 %%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -37,13 +37,13 @@
 %%%                        covered in separate bibliographies
 %%%                        (ep.bib, epodd.bib, and sgml.bib).
 %%%
-%%%                        At version 3.70, the year coverage looks
+%%%                        At version 3.71, the year coverage looks
 %%%                        like this:
 %%%
 %%%                             1928 (   1)    1959 (   0)    1990 (  54)
 %%%                             1929 (   0)    1960 (   0)    1991 (  41)
 %%%                             1930 (   0)    1961 (   0)    1992 (  83)
-%%%                             1931 (   0)    1962 (   1)    1993 (  46)
+%%%                             1931 (   0)    1962 (   1)    1993 (  45)
 %%%                             1932 (   0)    1963 (   0)    1994 (  38)
 %%%                             1933 (   0)    1964 (   0)    1995 (  29)
 %%%                             1934 (   0)    1965 (   0)    1996 (  15)
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 %%%                             1947 (   0)    1978 (   8)    2009 (   6)
 %%%                             1948 (   0)    1979 (   5)    2010 (   5)
 %%%                             1949 (   0)    1980 (   8)    2011 (   6)
-%%%                             1950 (   1)    1981 (  13)    2012 (   6)
+%%%                             1950 (   1)    1981 (  13)    2012 (   7)
 %%%                             1951 (   0)    1982 (  21)    2013 (   5)
 %%%                             1952 (   0)    1983 (  24)    2014 (   0)
 %%%                             1953 (   0)    1984 (  15)    2015 (   2)
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 %%%                             19xx (   2)
 %%%
 %%%                             Article:        210
-%%%                             Book:           324
+%%%                             Book:           325
 %%%                             Booklet:         12
 %%%                             InCollection:    13
 %%%                             InProceedings:  125
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 %%%                             Periodical:       1
 %%%                             PhdThesis:       12
 %%%                             Proceedings:     38
-%%%                             TechReport:      60
+%%%                             TechReport:      59
 %%%                             Unpublished:      2
 %%%
 %%%                             Total entries:  832
@@ -615,6 +615,9 @@
 %%% ====================================================================
 %%% Publisher abbreviations:
 
+@String{pub-ACADEMIC            = "Academic Press"}
+@String{pub-ACADEMIC:adr        = "New York, NY, USA"}
+
 @String{pub-ACM                 = "ACM Press"}
 @String{pub-ACM:adr             = "New York, NY, USA"}
 
@@ -696,7 +699,7 @@
 @String{pub-CHARTWELL:adr       = "110 Enterprise Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey
                                   07094, USA"}
 
-@String{pub-CIAOCO              = "Editions Ciaoco"}
+@String{pub-CIAOCO              = "{\'E}ditions Ciaoco"}
 @String{pub-CIAOCO:adr          = "Artel, Bruxelles, Belgium"}
 
 @String{pub-CRC                 = "CRC Press"}
@@ -716,6 +719,10 @@
 @String{pub-CUP                 = "Cambridge University Press"}
 @String{pub-CUP:adr             = "New York"}
 
+@String{pub-CWI                 = "Centrum voor Wiskunde en Informatica"}
+@String{pub-CWI:adr             = "P. O. Box 4079, 1009 AB Amsterdam,
+                                  The Netherlands"}
+
 @String{pub-DP                  = "Digital Press"}
 @String{pub-DP:adr              = "12 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, USA"}
 
@@ -908,8 +915,8 @@
 @String{pub-ORA-FRANCE          = "O'Reilly"}
 @String{pub-ORA-FRANCE:adr      = "Paris, France"}
 
-@String{pub-OUP                 = "Oxford University Press"}
-@String{pub-OUP:adr             = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
+@String{pub-OXFORD              = "Oxford University Press"}
+@String{pub-OXFORD:adr          = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
 
 @String{pub-PEACHPIT            = "Peachpit Press, Inc."}
 @String{pub-PEACHPIT:adr        = "1085 Keith Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94708, USA"}
@@ -936,6 +943,9 @@
 @String{pub-PRIME-TIME-FREEWARE:adr = "370 Altair Way, Suite 150, Sunnyvale,
                                   CA, USA"}
 
+@String{pub-PRINCETON           = "Princeton University Press"}
+@String{pub-PRINCETON:adr       = "Princeton, NJ, USA"}
+
 @String{pub-PROTVINO            = "Protvino"}
 @String{pub-PROTVINO:adr        = "Moscow, Russia"}
 
@@ -1042,6 +1052,9 @@
 @String{pub-W                   =  "Wiley"}
 @String{pub-W:adr               = "Chichester, UK"}
 
+@String{pub-WATSON-GUPTILL      = "Wat{\-}son-Gup{\-}till Publications"}
+@String{pub-WATSON-GUPTILL:adr  = "1515 Broadway, New York, NY 10036, USA"}
+
 @String{pub-WCB                 = "William C. Brown Company Publishers"}
 @String{pub-WCB:adr             = "Dubuque, IA, USA"}
 
@@ -1165,6 +1178,7 @@
 @Book{Abrahams:1990:TI,
   author =       "Paul W. Abrahams and Karl Berry and Kathryn A.
                  Hargreaves",
+  key =          "ABH90",
   title =        "{\TeX} for the Impatient",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
@@ -1173,8 +1187,223 @@
   ISBN =         "0-201-51375-7",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-51375-2",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 A27 1990",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Jul 26 08:43:39 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:55:21 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  abstract =     "\TeX{}, a software system created by Donald E. Knuth,
+                 sets the standard for typesetting in mathematics,
+                 science, and engineering. Features: complete
+                 description of \TeX{} commands, arranged for lookup
+                 either by function or alphabetically; clear definitions
+                 of essential \TeX{} concepts, collected in separate
+                 chapter so that the command descriptions remain brief
+                 and accessible; explanations of common error messages
+                 and advice on solving problems that frequently arise; a
+                 collection of useful macros (also available in
+                 electronic form).",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  shorttableofcontents = "1 Using this book / 1 \\
+                 2 Using \TeX{} / 7 \\
+                 3 Examples / 21 \\
+                 4 Concepts / 43 \\
+                 5 Commands for composing paragraphs / 97 \\
+                 6 Commands for composing Pages / 133 \\
+                 7 Commands for horizontal and vertical modes / 153 \\
+                 8 Commands for composing math formulas / 187 \\
+                 9 Commands for general operations / 221 \\
+                 10 Tips and techniques / 265 \\
+                 11 Making sense of error messages / 283 \\
+                 12 A compendium of useful macros / 291 \\
+                 13 Capsule summary of commands / 313 \\
+                 Index / 341",
+  tableofcontents = "1: Using this book / 1 \\
+                 Syntactic conventions / 2 \\
+                 Descriptions of the commands / 3 \\
+                 2: Using \TeX{} / 7 \\
+                 Turning input into ink / 7 \\
+                 Programs and files you need / 7 \\
+                 Running \TeX{} / 9 \\
+                 Preparing an input file / 10 \\
+                 Commands and control sequences / 10 \\
+                 Arguments / 11 \\
+                 Parameters / 12 \\
+                 Spaces / 12 \\
+                 Comments / 13 \\
+                 Punctuation / 13 \\
+                 Special characters / 15 \\
+                 Groups / 15 \\
+                 Math formulas / 16 \\
+                 How \TeX{} works / 16 \\
+                 New \TeX{} versus old \TeX{} / 18 \\
+                 Resources / 18 \\
+                 3: Examples / 21 \\
+                 Entering simple text / 22 \\
+                 Indentation / 24 \\
+                 Fonts and special characters / 26 \\
+                 Interline spacing / 28 \\
+                 Spacing, rules, and boxes / 30 \\
+                 Odds and ends / o32 \\
+                 Using fonts from other sources / 34 \\
+                 A ruled table / 36 \\
+                 Typesetting mathematics / 38 \\
+                 More mathematics / 40 \\
+                 4: Concepts / 43 \\
+                 5: Commands for composing paragraphs / 97 \\
+                 Characters and accents / 97 \\
+                 Letters and ligatures for European alphabets / 97 \\
+                 Special symbols / 98 \\
+                 Arbitrary characters / 99 \\
+                 Accents / 100 \\
+                 Defeating boundary ligatures / 101 \\
+                 Selecting fonts / 1o2 \\
+                 Particular fonts / 102 \\
+                 Type styles / 103 \\
+                 Uppercase and lowercase / 103 \\
+                 Interword spacing / 104 \\
+                 Centering and justifying lines / 108 \\
+                 Shaping paragraphs / 110 \\
+                 Starting, ending, and indenting paragraphs / 110 \\
+                 Shaping entire paragraphs / 114 \\
+                 Line breaks / 120 \\
+                 Encouraging or discouraging line breaks / 120 \\
+                 Line breaking parameters / 123 \\
+                 Hyphenation / 126 \\
+                 Section headings, lists, and theorems / 129 \\
+                 6: Commands for composing pages / 133 \\
+                 Interline and interparagraph spaces r / 133 \\
+                 Pagebreaks / 136 \\
+                 Encouraging or discouraging page breaks / 136 \\
+                 Page breaking parameters / 138 \\
+                 Page layout / 140 \\
+                 Page description parameters / 140 \\
+                 Page numbers / 142 \\
+                 Header and footer lines / 143 \\
+                 Marks / 144 \\
+                 Insertions / 145 \\
+                 Footnotes / 145 \\
+                 General insertions / 146 \\
+                 Modifying the output routine / 148 \\
+                 Splitting vertical lists / 149 \\
+                 7: Commands for horizontal and vertical modes / 153 \\
+                 Producing space / 153 \\
+                 Fixed-width horizontal space / 153 \\
+                 Fixed-length vertical space / 154 \\
+                 Variable-size space / 155 \\
+                 Manipulating boxes / 160 \\
+                 Constructing hboxes and vboxes / 160 \\
+                 Setting and retrieving the contents of boxes / 164 \\
+                 Shifting boxes / 166 \\
+                 Dimensions of box registers / 167 \\
+                 Struts, phantoms, and empty boxes / 167 \\
+                 Parameters pertaining to malformed boxes / 170 \\
+                 Retrieving the last item from a list / 171 \\
+                 Rules and leaders / 172 \\
+                 Alignments / 176 \\
+                 Tabbing alignments / 176 \\
+                 General alignments / 178 \\
+                 8: Commands for composing math formulas / 187 \\
+                 Simple parts of formulas / 187 \\
+                 Creek letters / 187 \\
+                 Miscellaneous ordinary math symbols / 188 \\
+                 Binary operations / 189 \\
+                 Relations / 190 \\
+                 Left and right delimiters / 191 \\
+                 Arrows / 192 \\
+                 Named mathematical functions / 193 \\
+                 Large operators / 194 \\
+                 Punctuation / 196 \\
+                 Superscripts and subscripts / 197 \\
+                 Selecting and using styles / 198 \\
+                 Compound symbols / 199 \\
+                 Math accents / 199 \\
+                 Fractions and other stacking operations / 200 \\
+                 Dots / 203 \\
+                 Delimiters / 204 \\
+                 Matrices / 205 \\
+                 Roots and radicals / 206 \\
+                 Equation numbers / 207 \\
+                 Multiline displays / 208 \\
+                 Fonts in math formula / 209 \\
+                 Constructing math symbols / 211 \\
+                 Making delimiters bigger / 211 \\
+                 Parts of large symbols / 211 \\
+                 Aligning parts of a formula / 212 \\
+                 Aligning accents / 212 \\
+                 Aligning material vertically / 213 \\
+                 Producing spaces / 214 \\
+                 Fixed-width math spaces / 214 \\
+                 Variable-width math spaces / 215 \\
+                 Spacing parameters for displays / 216 \\
+                 Other spacing parameters for math / 217 \\
+                 Categorizing math constructs / 218 \\
+                 Special actions for math formulas / 218 \\
+                 9: Commands for general operations / 221 \\
+                 Naming and modifying fonts / 221 \\
+                 Converting information to tokens / 224 \\
+                 Numbers / 224 \\
+                 Environmental information / 224 \\
+                 Values of variables / 226 \\
+                 Grouping / 227 \\
+                 Macros / 230 \\
+                 Defining macros / 230 \\
+                 Other definitions / 232 \\
+                 Controlling expansion / 233 \\
+                 Conditional tests / 235 \\
+                 Repeated actions / 240 \\
+                 Doing nothing / 241 \\
+                 Registers / 242 \\
+                 Using registers / 242 \\
+                 Naming and reserving registers, etc. / 244 \\
+                 Doing arithmetic in registers / 245 \\
+                 Ending the job / 246 \\
+                 Input and output / 247 \\
+                 Operations on input files / 247 \\
+                 Operations on output files / 249 \\
+                 Interpreting input characters / 251 \\
+                 Controlling interaction with \TeX{} / 252 \\
+                 Diagnostic aids / 253 \\
+                 Displaying internal data / 253 \\
+                 Specifying what is traced / 256 \\
+                 Sending messages / 261 \\
+                 Initializing \TeX{} / 263 \\
+                 10: Tips and techniques / 265 \\
+                 Correcting bad page breaks / 265 \\
+                 Preserving the end of a page / 267 \\
+                 Leaving space at the top of a page / 267 \\
+                 Correcting bad line breaks / 268 \\
+                 Correcting overfull or underfull boxes / 268 \\
+                 Recovering lost interword spaces / 270 \\
+                 Avoiding unwanted interword spaces / 270 \\
+                 Avoiding excess space around a display / 271 \\
+                 Avoiding excess space after a paragraph / 271 \\
+                 Changing the paragraph shape / 272 \\
+                 Putting paragraphs into a box / 272 \\
+                 Drawing lines / 273 \\
+                 Creating multiline headers or footers / 274 \\
+                 Finding mismatched braces / 275 \\
+                 Setting dimensions / 276 \\
+                 Creating composite fonts / 276 \\
+                 Reproducing text verbatim / 277 \\
+                 Using outer macros / 279 \\
+                 Changing category codes / 280 \\
+                 Making macro files more readable / 281 \\
+                 11: Making sense of error messages / 283 \\
+                 12: A compendium of useful macros / 291 \\
+                 Preliminaries / 291 \\
+                 Displays / 295 \\
+                 Time of day / 297 \\
+                 Lists / 298 \\
+                 Verbatim listing / 300 \\
+                 Tables of contents / 301 \\
+                 Cross-references / 302 \\
+                 Environments / 304 \\
+                 Justification / 306 \\
+                 Tables / 307 \\
+                 Footnotes / 309 \\
+                 Double columns / 309 \\
+                 Finishing up / 311 \\
+                 13: Capsule summary of commands / 313 \\
+                 Index / 341",
 }
 
 @Book{Abrahams:1991:TI,
@@ -1462,8 +1691,8 @@
 
 @Book{Ament:2001:INB,
   author =       "Kurt Ament",
-  title =        "Indexing: a nuts-and-bolts guide for technical
-                 writers",
+  title =        "Indexing: a Nuts-and-bolts Guide for Technical
+                 Writers",
   publisher =    "William Andrew Publishing",
   address =      "Norwich, NY, USA",
   pages =        "x + 97",
@@ -1472,16 +1701,78 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8155-1481-7",
   LCCN =         "T10.8 .A44 2001",
   bibdate =      "Fri Jun 17 06:26:43 MDT 2005",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                  z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
   URL =          "ftp://uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu/pub/etext/gutenberg/;
                  http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/wap041/2001033646.html;
                  http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/wap041/2001033646.html;
                  http://www.williamandrew.com/books.asp?id=1481",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  abstract =     "\booktitle{Indexing: A Practical Guide for Technical
+                 Writers} is a nuts-and-bolts guide to indexing. It
+                 explains in plain language and by example exactly how
+                 to index any type of print or online publication
+                 quickly, easily, and effectively. The sequential
+                 indexing method presented in the book has been
+                 battle-tested in high pressure publishing organizations
+                 in a variety of high-tech industries over the space of
+                 a decade. Because it is based on real-world success,
+                 this indexing method is bulletproof. Users of this
+                 guide will succeed as an indexer. Unlike other books on
+                 the subject, this book is focused on readers, not the
+                 subject itself. The book speaks directly to highly
+                 practical and often anti-academic technical writers who
+                 demand usability, reusability, and reliability. It is
+                 geared to people with ``Keep It Simple, Stupid'' signs
+                 on their cubicle walls. Proven end-user documentation
+                 techniques are employed to present proven indexing
+                 methods to readers who themselves develop end-user
+                 documentation for a living. They have zero tolerance
+                 for academic white papers on indexing. So, the book
+                 delivers the hard facts.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  idnumber =     "502",
+  keywords =     "Technology --- Abstracting and indexing, Science ---
+                 Abstracting and indexing",
   remark =       "",
   subject =      "Technology; Abstracting and indexing; Science;
                  Abstracting and indexing",
+  tableofcontents = "1: About indexing \\
+                 Anyone can index \\
+                 Sequential indexing \\
+                 Usable indexes increase profits \\
+                 2: Start indexing. Step 1 \\
+                 Index chapters. Step 2 \\
+                 Index procedures. Step 3 \\
+                 Index topics. Step 4 \\
+                 Index product names. Step 5 \\
+                 Index product components. Step 6 \\
+                 Index front and back matter. Step 7 \\
+                 Edit your index. Step 8 \\
+                 Create ``see'' references. Step 9 \\
+                 Create ``see also'' references. Step 10 \\
+                 Test your index \\
+                 3: Indexing guidelines \\
+                 Abbreviations \\
+                 Acronyms \\
+                 Articles \\
+                 Back matter \\
+                 Capitalization \\
+                 Cross-references \\
+                 Front matter \\
+                 Interface components \\
+                 Keyboard shortcuts \\
+                 Master indexing \\
+                 Nesting \\
+                 Page ranges \\
+                 Prepositions \\
+                 Procedures \\
+                 Product names \\
+                 Scheduling \\
+                 ``See'' references \\
+                 ``See also'' references \\
+                 Sorting \\
+                 System messages",
 }
 
 @TechReport{Anan:2008:RJT,
@@ -1799,37 +2090,6 @@
   subtitle =     "A Uniform System of Citation",
 }
 
-@Book{Anonymous:1993:CMS,
-  author =       "Anonymous",
-  key =          "Chicago",
-  title =        "The {Chicago} Manual of Style",
-  publisher =    pub-U-CHICAGO,
-  address =      pub-U-CHICAGO:adr,
-  edition =      "14th",
-  pages =        "ix + 921",
-  year =         "1993",
-  ISBN =         "0-226-10389-7",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-10389-1",
-  LCCN =         "Z253 .U69 1993",
-  bibdate =      "Mon Sep 23 08:57:34 1996",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  price =        "US\$40.00",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-  annote =       "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
-                 (CHe)",
-  bibliography = "yes",
-  glossary =     "yes",
-  history =      "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
-                 1982, 14th edition 1993",
-  index =        "yes",
-  inprint =      "yes",
-  keywords =     "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
-                 style manuals; printing",
-  printermarks = "yes",
-  subtitle =     "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
-                 Publishers",
-}
-
 @Book{Anonymous:1997:SW,
   author =       "Anonymous",
   title =        "{Scientific WorkPlace 2.5}",
@@ -1860,22 +2120,43 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-10403-4",
   LCCN =         "Z253 .U69 2003",
   bibdate =      "Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
   price =        "US\$55.00",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-  annote =       "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
-                 (CHe)",
-  bibliography = "yes",
-  glossary =     "yes",
   history =      "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
                  1982, 14th edition 1993, 15th edition 2003",
-  index =        "yes",
-  inprint =      "yes",
+  idnumber =     "518",
   keywords =     "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
                  style manuals; printing",
   printermarks = "yes",
+  remark =       "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.",
   subtitle =     "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
                  Publishers",
+  tableofcontents = "1: The parts of a published work \\
+                 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\
+                 3: Proofs \\
+                 4: Rights and permissions \\
+                 5: Grammar and usage \\
+                 6: Punctuation \\
+                 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and
+                 compounds \\
+                 8: Names and terms \\
+                 9: Numbers \\
+                 10: Foreign languages \\
+                 11: Quotations and dialogue \\
+                 12: Illustrations and captions \\
+                 13: Tables \\
+                 14: Mathematics in type \\
+                 15: Abbreviations \\
+                 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\
+                 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\
+                 18: Indexes \\
+                 Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and
+                 key terms \\
+                 Appendix B: The publishing process for books and
+                 journals",
 }
 
 @Book{Anonymous:2010:CMS,
@@ -2107,17 +2388,21 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-hk,
 }
 
-@Book{Appelt:1988:TF,
+@Book{Appelt:1988:TFP,
   author =       "Wolfgang Appelt",
-  title =        "{\TeX} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene",
+  title =        "{{\TeX{} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene:
+                 Programmiertechniken und Makropakete}}",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
   pages =        "x + 179",
   year =         "1988",
   ISBN =         "3-89319-115-1",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-3-89319-115-4",
+  LCCN =         "????",
   bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 08:47:26 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
 @TechReport{Appelt:1990:TIG,
@@ -3028,15 +3313,17 @@
 
 @Book{Borceux:1990:LPT,
   author =       "Francis Borceux",
-  title =        "{\LaTeX}\emdash{}la perfection dans le traitement du
-                 texte",
+  title =        "{\LaTeX}: la perfection dans le traitement du texte",
   publisher =    pub-CIAOCO,
   address =      pub-CIAOCO:adr,
   year =         "1990",
   ISBN =         "2-87085-194-4",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-2-87085-194-4",
-  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 08:46:29 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  LCCN =         "????",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 08:46:36 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
 @Book{Borde:1992:TE,
@@ -3092,16 +3379,27 @@
 @Book{Borde:1993:MTE,
   author =       "Arvind Borde",
   title =        "Mathematical {\TeX} by Example",
-  publisher =    pub-AP,
-  address =      pub-AP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-ACADEMIC,
+  address =      pub-ACADEMIC:adr,
   pages =        "xii + 352",
   year =         "1993",
-  ISBN =         "0-12-117645-2",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-12-117645-7",
+  ISBN =         "0-12-117645-2, 0-12-155940-8",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-12-117645-7, 978-0-12-155940-3",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 B67 1993",
-  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 08:46:21 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Mon Jul 19 15:22:37 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  ZMnumber =     "0799.68001",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "Introduction \\
+                 Examples \\
+                 A Summary of Amstex \\
+                 Other Packages \\
+                 Typefaces \\
+                 Code \\
+                 Bibliography \\
+                 Glossary/Index \\
+                 Table of Contents",
 }
 
 @Book{Borde:1993:UGL,
@@ -3462,8 +3760,8 @@
 
 @Book{Bryan:1988:SAG,
   author =       "Martin Bryan",
-  title =        "{SGML}\emdash{}An Author's Guide to the Standard
-                 Generalized Markup Language",
+  title =        "{SGML}: An Author's Guide to the {Standard Generalized
+                 Markup Language}",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
   pages =        "xvii + 364",
@@ -3471,11 +3769,29 @@
   ISBN =         "0-201-17535-5",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-17535-6",
   LCCN =         "QA76.73.S44 B79 1988",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:35:58 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-fm,
-  annote =       "Complete description of SGML including example DTDs.",
-  keywords =     "SGML, DTD, document representation",
+  bibdate =      "Thu Jun 23 16:34:54 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/standard.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  price =        "UK\pounds16.95",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  keywords =     "document representation; DTD; SGML (computer program
+                 language)",
+  remark =       "Complete description of SGML including example DTDs.",
+  tableofcontents = "Background to SGML \\
+                 SGML Documents \\
+                 The Reference Concrete Syntax \\
+                 Entity Declaration and Use \\
+                 Declaring and Using SGML Elements \\
+                 Attributes \\
+                 Minimization \\
+                 Other SGML Declarations \\
+                 Multiple Document Structures \\
+                 Altering the Concrete Syntax \\
+                 The SGML Declaration \\
+                 Document Parsing \\
+                 Appendixes",
 }
 
 @Book{Bryan:1996:DTS,
@@ -3958,6 +4274,54 @@
   journal-URL =  "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
 }
 
+@Book{Bringhurst:2012:ETS,
+  author =       "Robert Bringhurst",
+  title =        "The Elements of Typographic Style 4.0",
+  publisher =    "Hartley and Marks",
+  address =      "Point Roberts, WA, USA",
+  edition =      "Fourth",
+  pages =        "398",
+  year =         "2012",
+  ISBN =         "0-88179-211-X (hardcover), 0-88179-212-8 (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-88179-211-9 (hardcover), 978-0-88179-212-6
+                 (paperback)",
+  LCCN =         "Z246 .B74 2012",
+  bibdate =      "Sat Jan 19 08:10:55 MST 2019",
+  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  abstract =     "Renowned typographer and poet Robert Bringhurst brings
+                 clarity to the art of typography with this masterful
+                 style guide. Combining the practical, theoretical, and
+                 historical, this edition is completely updated, with a
+                 thorough revision and updating of the longest chapter,
+                 ``Prowling the Specimen Books, '' and many other small
+                 but important updates based on things that are
+                 continually changing in the field.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  subject =      "Book history; typografie; typography; typefaces [type
+                 forms]; Graphics industry; lettertypes",
+  tableofcontents = "Foreword \\
+                 Historical synopsis \\
+                 The grand design \\
+                 Rhythm and proportion \\
+                 Harmony and counterpoint \\
+                 Structural forms and devices \\
+                 Analphabetic symbols \\
+                 Choosing and combining type \\
+                 Historical interlude \\
+                 Shaping the page \\
+                 The state of the art \\
+                 Grooming the font \\
+                 Prowling the specimen books \\
+                 Appendix A: The working alphabet \\
+                 Appendix B: Glossary of characters \\
+                 Appendix C: Glossary of terms \\
+                 Appendix D: Type designers \\
+                 Appendix E: Typefoundries \\
+                 Afterword to the fourth edition",
+}
+
 @Article{Ciancarini:2012:HQP,
   author =       "Paolo Ciancarini and Angelo {Di Iorio} and Luca Furini
                  and Fabio Vitali",
@@ -4002,17 +4366,76 @@
 @Book{Clark:1992:PTP,
   author =       "Malcolm Clark",
   title =        "A Plain {\TeX} Primer",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "481",
   year =         "1992",
-  ISBN =         "0-19-853784-0 (hardback), 0-19-853724-7 (softback)",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-853784-7 (hardback), 978-0-19-853724-3
-                 (softback)",
+  ISBN =         "0-19-853784-0 (hardcover), 0-19-853724-7 (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-853784-7 (hardcover), 978-0-19-853724-3
+                 (paperback)",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 C46 1992",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:36:18 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-mc,
+  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:41:37 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
+  abstract =     "This outstanding introductory primer demystifies and
+                 explains \TeX{}, an advanced and widely popular
+                 typesetting and page make-up system that is especially
+                 designed to facilitate scientific and technical
+                 publishing. The \TeX{} system is highly versatile,
+                 designed for use on over 50 different types of
+                 personal, mini-, and mainframe computers. The book
+                 immediately provides the reader with sufficient
+                 information to begin the majority of tasks which he or
+                 she most likely wishes to tackle. Accessibly written at
+                 an introductory level, the book explains how
+                 high-quality results can be obtained by someone with
+                 only a little \TeX{} background. In a straightforward
+                 manner, it details why \TeX{} approaches its subject in
+                 the way it does, and provides the ``context'' into
+                 which it fits. Special emphasis is placed on document
+                 structure and practical work. In fact, not only is this
+                 book a ``primer,'' but it is a ``plain'' \TeX{} primer.
+                 Wherever \TeX{} is running, it comes with at least one
+                 basic style definition, called ``plain''. Plain \TeX{}
+                 is the common starting point for \TeX{} users and can
+                 be extended or modified to suit individual needs. Thus,
+                 with the aid of this book, scientists and researchers
+                 preparing their own books and papers, or technical
+                 typists used to the conventions and jargon of their
+                 field, will find little difficulty in adopting \TeX{}'s
+                 approach. Students and professionals involved in
+                 document preparation or desk-top publishing will also
+                 find this an extremely useful volume.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  subject =      "TeX (Computer file); TeX (Computer file); Computerized
+                 typesetting; Mathematics printing; Computer programs;
+                 Computerized typesetting; Computer programs; Linguagens
+                 De Programacao (Codificacao); TeX (logiciel)",
+  tableofcontents = "1. Introduction \\
+                 2. Getting started \\
+                 3. Do it yourself \\
+                 4. Beginning mathematics \\
+                 5. Continuing mathematics \\
+                 6. More words \\
+                 7. Commands \\
+                 8. More maths \\
+                 9. Boxing \\
+                 10. Commands\#1 \\
+                 11. Matrix manipulations \\
+                 12. Pages \\
+                 13. Tables by tabs \\
+                 14. Tables again \\
+                 15. Rules \\
+                 16. Further rules \\
+                 17. Graphics \\
+                 18. Fonts \\
+                 19. More detailed fonts \\
+                 20. Making pages \\
+                 21. Breaking up \\
+                 22. Delays and deferments \\
+                 23. Collections \\
+                 24. Last words \\
+                 A. Fonts \\
+                 B. Annotated bibliography and references",
 }
 
 @InCollection{Clarke:1987:BBS,
@@ -4371,20 +4794,25 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
 }
 
-@TechReport{deBruin:1988:PML,
+@Book{deBruin:1988:PML,
   author =       "R. de Bruin and C. G. {van der Laan} and J. R. Luyten
                  and H. F. Vogt",
   title =        "Publiceren met {\LaTeX}",
-  type =         "CWI Syllabus",
   number =       "19",
-  institution =  inst-CWI,
-  address =      inst-CWI:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-CWI,
+  address =      pub-CWI:adr,
+  pages =        "196",
   year =         "1988",
   ISBN =         "90-6196-357-5",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-90-6196-357-8",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 1 12:47:03 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  note =         "In Dutch; copious examples.",
+  LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 .P97 1988",
+  MRclass =      "68U15, 68-01",
+  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:43:17 1993",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  ZMnumber =     "0743.68137",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  language =     "Dutch",
 }
 
 @InProceedings{DeLaBeaujardiere:1988:WDI,
@@ -4731,19 +5159,33 @@
   author =       "Antoni Diller",
   title =        "{\LaTeX} Line by Line: Tips and Techniques for
                  Document Processing",
-  publisher =    pub-W,
-  address =      pub-W:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-WILEY,
+  address =      pub-WILEY:adr,
   pages =        "xiii + 291",
   year =         "1993",
   ISBN =         "0-471-93471-2 (softcover)",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-471-93471-4 (softcover)",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 D55 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   note =         "Optionally accompanied by disk with examples, ISBN
                  0-471-93797-5.",
   price =        "US\$29.95",
   series =       "Wiley Professional Computing",
   acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
+  tableofcontents = "1: Why use it? \\
+                 2: Getting Started and Basic Principles \\
+                 3: Fancy Prose (and Poetry) \\
+                 4: Displaying Information \\
+                 5: Bibliographies and Indexes \\
+                 6: Formatting Articles, Reports, Books and Letters \\
+                 7: Basic Mathematical Formatting \\
+                 8: Further Ideas in Mathematical Formatting \\
+                 9: Examples of Mathematical Formatting \\
+                 10: Pictures \\
+                 11: Two-column Output",
 }
 
 @Book{Diller:1999:LLL,
@@ -5066,7 +5508,7 @@
 
 @Book{Eijkhout:1992:TTT,
   author =       "Victor Eijkhout",
-  title =        "{\TeX} by Topic, {A} {\TeX}nician's Reference",
+  title =        "{\TeX} by Topic, a {\TeX}nician's Reference",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
   pages =        "vii + 307",
@@ -5075,8 +5517,590 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-56882-0",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 E38 1992",
   bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:47:52 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   URL =          "http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "License / 15 \\
+                 Preface / 21 \\
+                 1 The Structure of the TEX Processor / 23 \\
+                 1.1 Four TEX processors / 23 \\
+                 1.2 The input processor / 24 \\
+                 1.2.1 Character input / 24 \\
+                 1.2.2 Two-level input processing / 24 \\
+                 1.3 The expansion processor / 25 \\
+                 1.3.1 The process of expansion / 25 \\
+                 1.3.2 Special cases: \expandafter, \noexpand, and \the
+                 / 25 \\
+                 1.3.3 Braces in the expansion processor / 26 \\
+                 1.4 The execution processor / 26 \\
+                 1.5 The visual processor / 27 \\
+                 1.6 Examples / 28 \\
+                 1.6.1 Skipped spaces / 28 \\
+                 1.6.2 Internal quantities and their representations /
+                 28 \\
+                 2 Category Codes and Internal States / 29 \\
+                 2.1 Introduction / 29 \\
+                 2.2 Initial processing / 29 \\
+                 2.3 Category codes / 30 \\
+                 2.4 From characters to tokens / 32 \\
+                 2.5 The input processor as a finite state automaton /
+                 32 \\
+                 2.5.1 State N: new line / 32 \\
+                 2.5.2 State S: skipping spaces / 32 \\
+                 2.5.3 State M: middle of line / 32 \\
+                 2.6 Accessing the full character set / 33 \\
+                 2.7 Transitions between internal states / 33 \\
+                 2.7.1 0: escape character / 33 \\
+                 2.7.2 1--4, 7--8, 11--13: non-blank characters / 34 \\
+                 2.7.3 5: end of line / 34 \\
+                 2.7.4 6: parameter / 34 \\
+                 2.7.5 7: superscript / 34 \\
+                 2.7.6 9: ignored character / 34 \\
+                 2.7.7 10: space / 35 \\
+                 2.7.8 14: comment / 35 \\
+                 2.7.9 15: invalid / 35 \\
+                 2.8 Letters and other characters / 35 \\
+                 2.9 The \par token / 36 \\
+                 2.10 Spaces / 37 \\
+                 2.10.1 Skipped spaces / 37 \\
+                 2.10.2 Optional spaces / 37 \\
+                 2.10.3 Ignored and obeyed spaces / 38 \\
+                 2.10.4 More ignored spaces / 38 \\
+                 2.10.5 space token / 39 \\
+                 2.10.6 Control space / 39 \\
+                 2.10.7 ` ' / 39 \\
+                 2.11 More about line ends / 40 \\
+                 2.11.1 Obeylines / 40 \\
+                 2.11.2 Changing the \endlinechar / 40 \\
+                 2.11.3 More remarks about the end-of-line character /
+                 41 \\
+                 2.12 More about the input processor / 41 \\
+                 2.12.1 The input processor as a separate process / 41
+                 \\
+                 2.12.2 The input processor not as a separate process /
+                 42 \\
+                 2.12.3 Recursive invocation of the input processor / 42
+                 \\
+                 2.13 The <at> convention / 43 \\
+                 3 Characters / 45 \\
+                 3.1 Character codes / 45 \\
+                 3.2 Control sequences for characters / 46 \\
+                 3.2.1 Denoting characters to be typeset: \char / 46 \\
+                 3.2.2 Implicit character tokens: \let / 47 \\
+                 3.3 Accents / 48 \\
+                 3.4 Testing characters / 49 \\
+                 3.5 Uppercase and lowercase / 50 \\
+                 3.5.1 Uppercase and lowercase codes / 50 \\
+                 3.5.2 Uppercase and lowercase commands / 50 \\
+                 3.5.3 Uppercase and lowercase forms of keywords / 50
+                 \\
+                 3.5.4 Creative use of \uppercase and \lowercase / 51
+                 \\
+                 3.6 Codes of a character / 51 \\
+                 3.7 Converting tokens into character strings / 51 \\
+                 3.7.1 Output of control sequences / 52 \\
+                 3.7.2 Category codes of a \string / 52 \\
+                 4 Fonts / 53 \\
+                 4.1 Fonts / 53 \\
+                 4.2 Font declaration / 54 \\
+                 4.2.1 Fonts and tfm files / 54 \\
+                 4.2.2 Querying the current font and font names / 54 \\
+                 4.2.3 \nullfont / 55 \\
+                 4.3 Font information / 55 \\
+                 4.3.1 Font dimensions / 55 \\
+                 4.3.2 Kerning / 56 \\
+                 4.3.3 Italic correction / 56 \\
+                 4.3.4 Ligatures / 57 \\
+                 4.3.5 Boundary ligatures / 57 \\
+                 5 Boxes / 59 \\
+                 5.1 Boxes / 60 \\
+                 5.2 Box registers / 60 \\
+                 5.2.1 Allocation: \newbox / 60 \\
+                 5.2.2 Usage: \setbox, \box, \copy / 61 \\
+                 5.2.3 Testing: \ifvoid, \ifhbox, \ifvbox / 61 \\
+                 5.2.4 The \lastbox / 61 \\
+                 5.3 Natural dimensions of boxes / 62 \\
+                 5.3.1 Dimensions of created horizontal boxes / 62 \\
+                 5.3.2 Dimensions of created vertical boxes / 62 \\
+                 5.3.3 Examples / 63 \\
+                 5.4 More about box dimensions / 64 \\
+                 5.4.1 Predetermined dimensions / 64 \\
+                 5.4.2 Changes to box dimensions / 65 \\
+                 5.4.3 Moving boxes around / 65 \\
+                 5.4.4 Box dimensions and box placement / 65 \\
+                 5.4.5 Boxes and negative glue / 66 \\
+                 5.5 Overfull and underfull boxes / 67 \\
+                 5.6 Opening and closing boxes / 67 \\
+                 5.7 Unboxing / 68 \\
+                 5.8 Text in boxes / 69 \\
+                 5.9 Assorted remarks / 70 \\
+                 5.9.1 Forgetting the \box / 70 \\
+                 5.9.2 Special-purpose boxes / 70 \\
+                 5.9.3 The height of a vertical box in horizontal mode /
+                 70 \\
+                 5.9.4 More subtleties with vertical boxes / 70 \\
+                 5.9.5 Hanging the \lastbox back in the list / 71 \\
+                 5.9.6 Dissecting paragraphs with \lastbox / 72 \\
+                 6 Horizontal and Vertical Mode / 73 \\
+                 6.1 Horizontal and vertical mode / 73 \\
+                 6.1.1 Horizontal mode / 73 \\
+                 6.1.2 Vertical mode / 74 \\
+                 6.2 Horizontal and vertical commands / 74 \\
+                 6.3 The internal modes / 75 \\
+                 6.3.1 Restricted horizontal mode / 75 \\
+                 6.3.2 Internal vertical mode / 75 \\
+                 6.4 Boxes and modes / 76 \\
+                 6.4.1 What box do you use in what mode? / 76 \\
+                 6.4.2 What mode holds in what box? / 76 \\
+                 6.4.3 Mode-dependent behaviour of boxes / 76 \\
+                 6.5 Modes and glue / 76 \\
+                 6.6 Migrating material / 77 \\
+                 6.6.1 \vadjust / 77 \\
+                 6.7 Testing modes / 77 \\
+                 7 Numbers / 79 \\
+                 7.1 Numbers and number s / 79 \\
+                 7.2 Integers / 79 \\
+                 7.2.1 Denotations: integers / 80 \\
+                 7.2.2 Denotations: characters / 80 \\
+                 7.2.3 Internal integers / 81 \\
+                 7.2.4 Internal integers: other codes of a character /
+                 82 \\
+                 7.2.5 special integer / 82 \\
+                 7.2.6 Other internal quantities: coersion to integer /
+                 82 \\
+                 7.2.7 Trailing spaces / 82 \\
+                 7.3 Numbers / 82 \\
+                 7.4 Integer registers / 83 \\
+                 7.5 Arithmetic / 83 \\
+                 7.5.1 Arithmetic statements / 84 \\
+                 7.5.2 Floating-point arithmetic / 84 \\
+                 7.5.3 Fixed-point arithmetic / 84 \\
+                 7.6 Number testing / 84 \\
+                 7.7 Remarks / 85 \\
+                 7.7.1 Character constants / 85 \\
+                 7.7.2 Expanding too far / how far / 85 \\
+                 8 Dimensions and Glue / 87 \\
+                 8.1 Definition of glue and dimen / 88 \\
+                 8.1.1 Definition of dimensions / 88 \\
+                 8.1.2 Definition of glue / 89 \\
+                 8.1.3 Conversion of glue to dimen / 90 \\
+                 8.1.4 Registers for \dimen and \skip / 90 \\
+                 8.1.5 Arithmetic: addition / 90 \\
+                 8.1.6 Arithmetic: multiplication and division / 91 \\
+                 8.2 More about dimensions / 91 \\
+                 8.2.1 Units of measurement / 91 \\
+                 8.2.2 Dimension testing / 92 \\
+                 8.2.3 Defined dimensions / 92 \\
+                 8.3 More about glue / 92 \\
+                 8.3.1 Stretch and shrink / 93 \\
+                 8.3.2 Glue setting / 94 \\
+                 8.3.3 Badness / 94 \\
+                 8.3.4 Glue and breaking / 95 \\
+                 8.3.5 \kern / 95 \\
+                 8.3.6 Glue and modes / 95 \\
+                 8.3.7 The last glue item in a list: backspacing / 96
+                 \\
+                 8.3.8 Examples of backspacing / 96 \\
+                 8.3.9 Glue in trace output / 97 \\
+                 9 Rules and Leaders / 99 \\
+                 9.1 Rules / 99 \\
+                 9.1.1 Rule dimensions / 100 \\
+                 9.2 Leaders / 100 \\
+                 9.2.1 Rule leaders / 101 \\
+                 9.2.2 Box leaders / 102 \\
+                 9.2.3 Evenly spaced leaders / 102 \\
+                 9.3 Assorted remarks / 103 \\
+                 9.3.1 Rules and modes / 103 \\
+                 9.3.2 Ending a paragraph with leaders / 103 \\
+                 9.3.3 Leaders and box registers / 103 \\
+                 9.3.4 Output in leader boxes / 104 \\
+                 9.3.5 Box leaders in trace output / 104 \\
+                 9.3.6 Leaders and shifted margins / 104 \\
+                 10 Grouping / 105 \\
+                 10.1 The grouping mechanism / 105 \\
+                 10.2 Local and global assignments / 106 \\
+                 10.3 Group delimiters / 106 \\
+                 10.4 More about braces / 107 \\
+                 10.4.1 Brace counters / 107 \\
+                 10.4.2 The brace as a token / 108 \\
+                 10.4.3 Open and closing brace control symbols / 108 \\
+                 11 Macros / 109 \\
+                 11.1 Introduction / 109 \\
+                 11.2 Layout of a macro definition / 110 \\
+                 11.3 Prefixes / 110 \\
+                 11.4 The definition type / 111 \\
+                 11.5 The parameter text / 111 \\
+                 11.5.1 Undelimited parameters / 112 \\
+                 11.5.2 Delimited parameters / 112 \\
+                 11.5.3 Examples with delimited arguments / 113 \\
+                 11.5.4 Empty arguments / 114 \\
+                 11.5.5 The macro parameter character / 114 \\
+                 11.5.6 Brace delimiting / 115 \\
+                 11.6 Construction of control sequences / 115 \\
+                 11.7 Token assignments by \let and \futurelet / 116 \\
+                 11.7.1 \let / 116 \\
+                 11.7.2 \futurelet / 117 \\
+                 11.8 Assorted remarks / 117 \\
+                 11.8.1 Active characters / 117 \\
+                 11.8.2 Macros versus primitives / 117 \\
+                 11.8.3 Tail recursion / 118 \\
+                 11.9 Macro techniques / 119 \\
+                 11.9.1 Unknown number of arguments / 119 \\
+                 11.9.2 Examining the argument / 119 \\
+                 11.9.3 Optional macro parameters with \futurelet / 121
+                 \\
+                 11.9.4 Two-step macros / 121 \\
+                 11.9.5 A comment environment / 122 \\
+                 12 Expansion / 125 \\
+                 12.1 Introduction / 125 \\
+                 12.2 Ordinary expansion / 125 \\
+                 12.3 Reversing expansion order / 126 \\
+                 12.3.1 One step expansion: \expandafter / 126 \\
+                 12.3.2 Total expansion: \edef / 127 \\
+                 12.3.3 \afterassignment / 127 \\
+                 12.3.4 \aftergroup / 128 \\
+                 12.4 Preventing expansion / 129 \\
+                 12.4.1 \noexpand / 129 \\
+                 12.4.2 \noexpand and active characters / 129 \\
+                 12.5 \relax / 130 \\
+                 12.5.1 \relax and \csname / 130 \\
+                 12.5.2 Preventing expansion with \relax / 131 \\
+                 12.5.3 TEX inserts a \relax / 131 \\
+                 12.5.4 The value of non-macros; \the / 132 \\
+                 12.6 Examples / 132 \\
+                 12.6.1 Expanding after / 132 \\
+                 12.6.2 Defining inside an \edef / 133 \\
+                 12.6.3 Expansion and \write / 134 \\
+                 12.6.4 Controlled expansion inside an \edef / 135 \\
+                 12.6.5 Multiple prevention of expansion / 135 \\
+                 12.6.6 More examples with \relax / 136 \\
+                 12.6.7 Example: category code saving and restoring /
+                 136 \\
+                 12.6.8 Combining \aftergroup and boxes / 137 \\
+                 12.6.9 More expansion / 138 \\
+                 13 Conditionals / 139 \\
+                 13.1 The shape of conditionals / 139 \\
+                 13.2 Character and control sequence tests / 140 \\
+                 13.2.1 \if / 140 \\
+                 13.2.2 \ifcat / 140 \\
+                 13.2.3 \ifx / 141 \\
+                 13.3 Mode tests / 141 \\
+                 13.4 Numerical tests / 142 \\
+                 13.5 Other tests / 142 \\
+                 13.5.1 Dimension testing / 142 \\
+                 13.5.2 Box tests / 142 \\
+                 13.5.3 I/O tests / 142 \\
+                 13.5.4 Case statement / 142 \\
+                 13.5.5 Special tests / 143 \\
+                 13.6 The \newif macro / 143 \\
+                 13.7 Evaluation of conditionals / 144 \\
+                 13.8 Assorted remarks / 145 \\
+                 13.8.1 The test gobbles up tokens / 145 \\
+                 13.8.2 The test wants to gobble up the \else or \fi /
+                 145 \\
+                 13.8.3 Macros and conditionals; the use of \expandafter
+                 / 146 \\
+                 13.8.4 Incorrect matching / 147 \\
+                 13.8.5 Conditionals and grouping / 147 \\
+                 13.8.6 A trick / 148 \\
+                 13.8.7 More examples of expansion in conditionals / 148
+                 \\
+                 14 Token Lists / 151 \\
+                 14.1 Token lists / 151 \\
+                 14.2 Use of token lists / 151 \\
+                 14.3 token parameter / 152 \\
+                 14.4 Token list registers / 152 \\
+                 14.5 Examples / 153 \\
+                 14.5.1 Operations on token lists: stack macros / 153
+                 \\
+                 14.5.2 Executing token lists / 154 \\
+                 15 Baseline Distances / 155 \\
+                 15.1 Interline glue / 155 \\
+                 15.2 The perceived depth of boxes / 157 \\
+                 15.3 Terminology / 158 \\
+                 15.4 Additional remarks / 158 \\
+                 16 Paragraph Start / 159 \\
+                 16.1 When does a paragraph start / 159 \\
+                 16.2 What happens when a paragraph starts / 160 \\
+                 16.3 Assorted remarks / 160 \\
+                 16.3.1 Starting a paragraph with a box / 160 \\
+                 16.3.2 Starting a paragraph with a group / 160 \\
+                 16.4 Examples / 161 \\
+                 16.4.1 Stretchable indentation / 161 \\
+                 16.4.2 Suppressing indentation / 161 \\
+                 16.4.3 An indentation scheme / 161 \\
+                 16.4.4 A paragraph skip scheme / 162 \\
+                 17 Paragraph End / 165 \\
+                 17.1 The way paragraphs end / 165 \\
+                 17.1.1 The \par command and the \par token / 165 \\
+                 17.1.2 Paragraph filling: \parfillskip / 166 \\
+                 17.2 Assorted remarks / 166 \\
+                 17.2.1 Ending a paragraph and a group at the same time
+                 / 166 \\
+                 17.2.2 Ending a paragraph with \hfill\break / 167 \\
+                 17.2.3 Ending a paragraph with a rule / 167 \\
+                 17.2.4 No page breaks in between paragraphs / 167 \\
+                 17.2.5 Finite \parfillskip / 167 \\
+                 17.2.6 A precaution for paragraphs that do not indent /
+                 168 \\
+                 18 Paragraph Shape / 169 \\
+                 18.1 The width of text lines / 170 \\
+                 18.2 Shape parameters / 170 \\
+                 18.2.1 Hanging indentation / 170 \\
+                 18.2.2 General paragraph shapes: \parshape / 171 \\
+                 18.3 Assorted remarks / 171 \\
+                 18.3.1 Centred last lines / 171 \\
+                 18.3.2 Indenting into the margin / 172 \\
+                 18.3.3 Hang a paragraph from an object / 172 \\
+                 18.3.4 Another approach to hanging indentation / 173
+                 \\
+                 18.3.5 Hanging indentation versus \leftskip shifting /
+                 173 \\
+                 18.3.6 More examples / 174 \\
+                 19 Line Breaking / 175 \\
+                 19.1 Paragraph break cost calculation / 176 \\
+                 19.1.1 Badness / 176 \\
+                 19.1.2 Penalties and other break locations / 177 \\
+                 19.1.3 Demerits / 177 \\
+                 19.1.4 The number of lines of a paragraph / 178 \\
+                 19.1.5 Between the lines / 178 \\
+                 19.2 The process of breaking / 178 \\
+                 19.2.1 Three passes / 179 \\
+                 19.2.2 Tolerance values / 179 \\
+                 19.3 Discretionaries / 179 \\
+                 19.3.1 Hyphens and discretionaries / 179 \\
+                 19.3.2 Examples of discretionaries / 180 \\
+                 19.4 Hyphenation / 181 \\
+                 19.4.1 Start of a word / 181 \\
+                 19.4.2 End of a word / 181 \\
+                 19.4.3 TEX2 versus TEX3 / 182 \\
+                 19.4.4 Patterns and exceptions / 182 \\
+                 19.5 Switching hyphenation patterns / 182 \\
+                 20 Spacing / 185 \\
+                 20.1 Introduction / 185 \\
+                 20.2 Automatic interword space / 185 \\
+                 20.3 User interword space / 186 \\
+                 20.4 Control space and tie / 187 \\
+                 20.5 More on the space factor / 188 \\
+                 20.5.1 Space factor assignments / 188 \\
+                 20.5.2 Punctuation / 188 \\
+                 20.5.3 Other non-letters / 189 \\
+                 20.5.4 Other influences on the space factor / 189 \\
+                 21 Characters in Math Mode / 191 \\
+                 21.1 Mathematical characters / 192 \\
+                 21.2 Delimiters / 192 \\
+                 21.2.1 Delimiter codes / 193 \\
+                 21.2.2 Explicit \delimiter commands / 193 \\
+                 21.2.3 Finding a delimiter; successors / 193 \\
+                 21.2.4 \big, \Big, \bigg, and \Bigg delimiter macros /
+                 194 \\
+                 21.3 Radicals / 194 \\
+                 21.4 Math accents / 195 \\
+                 22 Fonts in Formulas / 197 \\
+                 22.1 Determining the font of a character in math mode /
+                 197 \\
+                 22.2 Initial family settings / 198 \\
+                 22.3 Family definition / 198 \\
+                 22.4 Some specific font changes / 198 \\
+                 22.4.1 Change the font of ordinary characters and
+                 uppercase Greek / 198 \\
+                 22.4.2 Change uppercase Greek independent of text font
+                 / 199 \\
+                 22.4.3 Change the font of lowercase Greek and
+                 mathematical symbols / 199 \\
+                 22.5 Assorted remarks / 199 \\
+                 22.5.1 New fonts in formulas / 199 \\
+                 22.5.2 Evaluating the families / 200 \\
+                 23 Mathematics Typesetting / 201 \\
+                 23.1 Math modes / 202 \\
+                 23.2 Styles in math mode / 202 \\
+                 23.2.1 Superscripts and subscripts 203 / 11 \\
+                 23.2.2 Choice of styles / 203 \\
+                 23.3 Classes of mathematical objects / 204 \\
+                 23.4 Large operators and their limits / 204 \\
+                 23.5 Vertical centring: \vcenter / 205 \\
+                 23.6 Mathematical spacing: mu glue / 205 \\
+                 23.6.1 Classification of mu glue / 206 \\
+                 23.6.2 Muskip registers / 206 \\
+                 23.6.3 Other spaces in math mode / 207 \\
+                 23.7 Generalized fractions / 207 \\
+                 23.8 Underlining, overlining / 208 \\
+                 23.9 Line breaking in math formulas / 208 \\
+                 23.10 Font dimensions of families 2 and 3 / 208 \\
+                 23.10.1 Symbol font attributes / 208 \\
+                 23.10.2 Extension font attributes / 209 \\
+                 23.10.3 Example: subscript lowering / 210 \\
+                 24 Display Math / 211 \\
+                 24.1 Displays / 211 \\
+                 24.2 Displays in paragraphs / 212 \\
+                 24.3 Vertical material around displays / 212 \\
+                 24.4 Glue setting of the display math list / 213 \\
+                 24.5 Centring the display formula: displacement / 213
+                 \\
+                 24.6 Equation numbers / 214 \\
+                 24.6.1 Ordinary equation numbers / 214 \\
+                 24.6.2 The equation number on a separate line / 214 \\
+                 24.7 Non-centred displays / 214 \\
+                 25 Alignment / 217 \\
+                 25.1 Introduction / 217 \\
+                 25.2 Horizontal and vertical alignment / 217 \\
+                 25.2.1 Horizontal alignments: \halign / 218 \\
+                 25.2.2 Vertical alignments: \valign / 218 \\
+                 25.2.3 Material between the lines: \noalign / 218 \\
+                 25.2.4 Size of the alignment / 219 \\
+                 25.3 The preamble / 219 \\
+                 25.3.1 Infinite preambles / 219 \\
+                 25.3.2 Brace counting in preambles / 220 \\
+                 25.3.3 Expansion in the preamble / 220 \\
+                 25.3.4 \tabskip / 220 \\
+                 25.4 The alignment / 221 \\
+                 25.4.1 Reading an entry / 221 \\
+                 25.4.2 Alternate specifications: \omit / 221 \\
+                 25.4.3 Spanning across multiple columns: \span / 222
+                 \\
+                 25.4.4 Rules in alignments / 222 \\
+                 25.4.5 End of a line: \cr and \crcr / 223 \\
+                 25.5 Example: math alignments / 224 \\
+                 26 Page Shape / 225 \\
+                 26.1 The reference point for global positioning / 225
+                 \\
+                 26.2 \topskip / 225 \\
+                 26.3 Page height and depth / 226 \\
+                 27 Page Breaking / 227 \\
+                 27.1 The current page and the recent contributions /
+                 228 \\
+                 27.2 Activating the page builder / 228 \\
+                 27.3 Page length bookkeeping / 228 \\
+                 27.4 Breakpoints / 229 \\
+                 27.4.1 Possible breakpoints / 229 \\
+                 27.4.2 Breakpoint penalties / 229 \\
+                 27.4.3 Breakpoint computation / 230 \\
+                 27.5 \vsplit / 231 \\
+                 27.6 Examples of page breaking / 232 \\
+                 27.6.1 Filling up a page / 232 \\
+                 27.6.2 Determining the breakpoint / 232 \\
+                 27.6.3 The page builder after a paragraph / 233 \\
+                 28 Output Routines / 235 \\
+                 28.1 The \output token list / 235 \\
+                 28.2 Output and \box255 / 236 \\
+                 28.3 Marks / 236 \\
+                 28.4 Assorted remarks / 238 \\
+                 28.4.1 Hazards in non-trivial output routines / 238 \\
+                 28.4.2 Page numbering / 238 \\
+                 28.4.3 Headlines and footlines in plain TEX / 238 \\
+                 28.4.4 Example: no widow lines / 238 \\
+                 28.4.5 Example: no indentation top of page / 239 \\
+                 28.4.6 More examples of output routines / 240 \\
+                 29 Insertions / 241 \\
+                 29.1 Insertion items / 241 \\
+                 29.2 Insertion class declaration / 242 \\
+                 29.3 Insertion parameters / 242 \\
+                 29.4 Moving insertion items from the contributions list
+                 / 243 \\
+                 29.5 Insertions in the output routine / 244 \\
+                 29.6 Plain TEX insertions / 244 \\
+                 30 File Input and Output / 245 \\
+                 30.1 Including files: \input and \endinput / 245 \\
+                 30.2 File I/O / 246 \\
+                 30.2.1 Opening and closing streams / 246 \\
+                 30.2.2 Input with \read / 246 \\
+                 30.2.3 Output with \write / 247 \\
+                 30.3 Whatsits / 247 \\
+                 30.4 Assorted remarks / 248 \\
+                 30.4.1 Inspecting input / 248 \\
+                 30.4.2 Testing for existence of files / 248 \\
+                 30.4.3 Timing problems / 248 \\
+                 30.4.4 \message versus \immediate\write16 / 248 \\
+                 30.4.5 Write inside a vertical box / 249 \\
+                 30.4.6 Expansion and spaces in \write and \message /
+                 249 \\
+                 31 Allocation / 251 \\
+                 31.1 Allocation commands / 251 \\
+                 31.1.1 \count, \dimen, \skip, \muskip, \toks / 252 \\
+                 31.1.2 \box, \fam, \write, \read, \insert / 252 \\
+                 31.2 Ground rules for macro writers / 252 \\
+                 32 Running TEX / 255 \\
+                 32.1 Jobs / 255 \\
+                 32.1.1 Start of the job / 255 \\
+                 32.1.2 End of the job / 256 \\
+                 32.1.3 The log file / 256 \\
+                 32.2 Run modes / 256 \\
+                 33 TEX and the Outside World / 259 \\
+                 33.1 TEX, IniTEX, VirTEX / 259 \\
+                 33.1.1 Formats: loading / 259 \\
+                 33.1.2 Formats: dumping / 260 \\
+                 33.1.3 Formats: preloading / 260 \\
+                 33.1.4 The knowledge of IniTEX / 260 \\
+                 33.1.5 Memory sizes of TEX and IniTEX / 261 \\
+                 33.2 More about formats / 261 \\
+                 33.2.1 Compatibility / 261 \\
+                 33.2.2 Preloaded fonts / 261 \\
+                 33.2.3 The plain format / 262 \\
+                 33.2.4 The LATEX format / 262 \\
+                 33.2.5 Mathematical formats / 262 \\
+                 33.2.6 Other formats / 262 \\
+                 33.3 The dvi file / 263 \\
+                 33.3.1 The dvi file format / 263 \\
+                 33.3.2 Page identification / 263 \\
+                 33.3.3 Magnification / 263 \\
+                 33.4 Specials / 264 \\
+                 33.5 Time / 264 \\
+                 33.6 Fonts / 264 \\
+                 33.6.1 Font metrics / 264 \\
+                 33.6.2 Virtual fonts / 265 \\
+                 33.6.3 Font files / 265 \\
+                 33.6.4 Computer Modern / 266 \\
+                 33.7 TEX and web / 266 \\
+                 33.8 The TEX Users Group / 267 \\
+                 34 Tracing / 269 \\
+                 34.1 Meaning and content: \show, \showthe, \meaning /
+                 270 \\
+                 34.2 Show boxes: \showbox, \tracingoutput / 270 \\
+                 34.3 Global statistics / 272 \\
+                 34.4 Execution tracing / 273 \\
+                 35 Errors, Catastrophes, and Help / 275 \\
+                 35.1 Error messages / 275 \\
+                 35.2 Overflow errors / 276 \\
+                 35.2.1 Buffer size (500) / 276 \\
+                 35.2.2 Exception dictionary (307) / 276 \\
+                 35.2.3 Font memory (20,000) / 276 \\
+                 35.2.4 Grouping levels / 277 \\
+                 35.2.5 Hash size (2100) / 277 \\
+                 35.2.6 Number of strings (3000) / 277 \\
+                 35.2.7 Input stack size (200) / 277 \\
+                 35.2.8 Main memory size (30,000) / 277 \\
+                 35.2.9 Parameter stack size (60) / 277 \\
+                 35.2.10 Pattern memory (8000) / 278 \\
+                 35.2.11 Pattern memory ops per language / 278 \\
+                 35.2.12 Pool size (32,000) / 278 \\
+                 35.2.13 Save size (600) / 278 \\
+                 35.2.14 Semantic nest size (40) / 278 \\
+                 35.2.15 Text input levels (6) / 278 \\
+                 36 The Grammar of TEX / 279 \\
+                 36.1 Notations / 279 \\
+                 36.2 Keywords / 280 \\
+                 36.3 Specific grammatical terms / 280 \\
+                 36.3.1 equals / 280 \\
+                 36.3.2 filler , general text / 280 \\
+                 36.3.3 {} and left brace right brace / 281 \\
+                 36.3.4 math field / 281 \\
+                 36.4 Differences between TEX versions 2 and 3 / 281 \\
+                 37 Glossary of TEX Primitives / 283 \\
+                 38 Tables / 297 \\
+                 38.1 Character tables / 298 \\
+                 38.2 Computer modern fonts / 300 \\
+                 38.3 Plain TEX math symbols / 305 \\
+                 38.3.1 Mathcharacter codes / 305 \\
+                 38.3.2 Delimiter codes / 306 \\
+                 38.3.3 mathchardef tokens : ordinary symbols / 307 \\
+                 38.3.4 mathchardef tokens : large operators / 308 \\
+                 38.3.5 mathchardef tokens : binary operations / 309 \\
+                 38.3.6 mathchardef tokens : relations / 310 \\
+                 38.3.7 \delimiter macros / 311 \\
+                 39 Index / 313 \\
+                 Bibliography / 321",
 }
 
 @Book{Emerson:1987:TTU,
@@ -5898,9 +6922,46 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-87352-565-7",
   LCCN =         "LB2369.G53 1995",
   bibdate =      "Sat Sep 28 17:22:14 1996",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$16.75",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  abstract =     "A style manual for preparing research papers. Includes
+                 information on citing electronic publications.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  shorttableofcontents = "Research and writing \\
+                 The mechanics of writing \\
+                 The format of the research paper \\
+                 Documentation: preparing the list of works cited \\
+                 Documentation: citing sources in the text \\
+                 Abbreviations",
+  tableofcontents = "Foreword / Phyllis Franklin \\
+                 Chapter 1: Research and Writing \\
+                 1.1: Research Paper as a Form of Exploration \\
+                 1.2: Research Paper as a Form of Writing \\
+                 1.3: Selecting a Topic \\
+                 1.4: Conducting Research \\
+                 1.4.1: Modern Academic Library \\
+                 1.4.2: Central Information System \\
+                 1.4.3: Reference Works \\
+                 1.4.4: Online Catalog of Library Holdings \\
+                 1.4.5: Other Library Resources and Services \\
+                 1.4.6: Internet Sources \\
+                 1.5: Compiling a Working Bibliography \\
+                 1.6: Evaluating Sources \\
+                 1.6.1: Authorship and Authority \\
+                 1.6.2: Accuracy and Verifiability \\
+                 1.6.3: Currency \\
+                 1.7: Taking Notes \\
+                 1.8: Plagiarism \\
+                 1.9: Outlining \\
+                 1.9.1: Working Outline \\
+                 1.9.2: Thesis Statement \\
+                 1.9.3: Final Outline \\
+                 1.10: Writing Drafts \\
+                 1.11: Language and Style \\
+                 1.12: Guides to Writing \\
+                 Chapter 2: Mechanics of Writing \\
+                 \ldots{} [contents lost]",
 }
 
 @Article{Gilchrist:1989:TTP,
@@ -6023,10 +7084,17 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-54199-1 (paperback), 978-0-201-77591-4
                  (hardcover)",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 G66 1994",
-  bibdate =      "Mon May 26 17:29:33 2014",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  price =        "US\$34.25",
+  bibdate =      "Thu Jun 03 09:31:37 1999",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   series =       "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+  ZMnumber =     "0816.68140",
+  abstract =     "This volume includes the revised LaTeX standard and
+                 introduces extensions not covered in Lamport. The book
+                 also introduces tools and techniques that will enhance
+                 use of Lamport's LaTeX and help format documents more
+                 quickly and efficiently. It provides guidance for
+                 customizing commands.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
@@ -6043,15 +7111,31 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-85469-5",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38G663 1997",
   bibdate =      "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$39.75",
   series =       "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-  keywords =     "Computerized typesetting; LaTeX (Computer file);
-                 Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; PostScript
-                 (Computer program language); Scientific illustration --
-                 Computer programs; Technical publishing -- Computer
-                 programs.",
+  keywords =     "Computerized typesetting.; LaTeX (Computer file);
+                 Mathematics printing --- Computer programs.; PostScript
+                 (Computer program language); Scientific illustration
+                 --- Computer programs.; Technical publishing ---
+                 Computer programs.",
+  tableofcontents = "1: Graphics with \LaTeX{} \\
+                 2: The \LaTeX{} $2_\epsilon$ graphics bundle \\
+                 3: Working with METAFONT and METAPOST \\
+                 4: Harnessing PostScript inside \LaTeX{}: the PSTricks
+                 package \\
+                 5: The Xy-pic package \\
+                 6: Applications in chemistry, physics, and engineering
+                 \\
+                 7: Preparing music scores \\
+                 8: Playing games \\
+                 9: The world of color \\
+                 10: Using PostScript fonts \\
+                 11: PostScript drivers and tools \\
+                 A: Technical appendixes \\
+                 B: Getting all the goodies",
 }
 
 @Book{Goossens:1999:LWC,
@@ -6249,9 +7333,9 @@
   journal-URL =  "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
 }
 
-@Book{Gratzer:1996:MI,
+@Book{Gratzer:1996:MLI,
   author =       "George Gr{\"a}tzer",
-  title =        "Math into {\LaTeX}: an introduction to {\LaTeXe} and
+  title =        "Math into {\LaTeX}: an introduction to {\LaTeX}2e and
                  {\AMSLaTeX} 1.2",
   publisher =    pub-BIRKHAUSER,
   address =      pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr,
@@ -6260,8 +7344,9 @@
   ISBN =         "0-8176-3805-9, 3-7643-3805-9",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8176-3805-4, 978-3-7643-3805-3",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.A65G69 199",
-  bibdate =      "Sat Mar 07 18:36:33 1998",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Mon Aug 12 16:20:51 1996",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$49.50",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   keywords =     "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
@@ -6269,6 +7354,20 @@
                  Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --
                  Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression --
                  Logiciels.",
+  tableofcontents = "I. A short course \\
+                 II. Text and math \\
+                 III. Document structure \\
+                 IV. Customizing \\
+                 V. Long bibliographies and indexes \\
+                 A Math symbol tables \\
+                 B Text symbol tables \\
+                 C The AMS-LATEX sample article \\
+                 D Sample article with user-defined commands \\
+                 E Background \\
+                 F PostScript fonts \\
+                 G Getting it \\
+                 H Conversions \\
+                 I Final word",
 }
 
 @Book{Gratzer:1999:FSL,
@@ -6298,14 +7397,102 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8176-4131-3, 978-3-7643-4131-2",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000",
   bibdate =      "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
   price =        "US\$49.95",
+  abstract =     "\booktitle{Math Into LaTeX} is for the mathematician,
+                 physicist, engineer, scientist, or technical typist who
+                 needs to quickly learn how to write and typeset
+                 articles and books containing mathematical formulas,
+                 and requires a thorough reference book on all aspects
+                 of LaTeX and the AMS packages (the enhancements to
+                 LaTeX by the American Mathematical Society). Key
+                 features of \booktitle{Math Into LaTeX}: * A simple,
+                 example-based, visual approach * A quick introduction
+                 (Part I) allowing readers to type their first articles
+                 in only a few hours * Sample articles to demonstrate
+                 the basic structure of LaTeX and AMS articles * Useful
+                 appendices containing mathematical and text symbol
+                 tables and information on how to convert from older
+                 versions * A new chapter in the fourth edition,
+                 ``\booktitle{A Visual Introduction to MikTeX},'' an
+                 open source implementation of TeX and LaTeX for Windows
+                 operating systems * Another new chapter describing
+                 amsrefs, a simpler method for formatting references
+                 that incorporates and replaces BibTeX data * This
+                 edition also integrates a major revision to the amsart
+                 document class, along with updated examples.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   keywords =     "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
                  Composition automatique (Industries graphiques);
-                 Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --
-                 Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression --
+                 Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing ---
+                 Computer programs; Math{\'e}matiques --- Impression ---
                  Logiciels",
+  tableofcontents = "I: A short course \\
+                 1: Typing your first article \\
+                 II: Text and math \\
+                 2: Typing text \\
+                 3: Text environments \\
+                 4: Typing math \\
+                 5: Multiline math displays \\
+                 III: Document structure \\
+                 6: \LaTeX{} documents \\
+                 7: Standard \LaTeX{} document classes \\
+                 8: AMS documents \\
+                 IV: Customization \\
+                 9: Customizing \LaTeX{} \\
+                 V: Long documents \\
+                 10: BibTeX \\
+                 11: MakeIndex \\
+                 12: Books in \LaTeX{} \\
+                 VI: Math and the Web \\
+                 13: TEX, \LaTeX{}, and the Internet \\
+                 14: Putting \LaTeX{} on the Web \\
+                 A: Math symbol tables \\
+                 A.1: Hebrew and Greek letters \\
+                 A.1.1: Hebrew letters \\
+                 A.1.2: Greek letters \\
+                 A.2: Binary relations \\
+                 A.2.3: Negated binary relations \\
+                 A.3: Binary operations \\
+                 A.4: Arrows \\
+                 A.5: Miscellaneous symbols \\
+                 A.6: Delimiters \\
+                 A.7: Operators \\
+                 A.7.1: Pure operators, with no limits \\
+                 A.7.2: Operators with limits \\
+                 A.7.3: Large operators \\
+                 A.8: Math accents and fonts \\
+                 A.8.1: Math accents \\
+                 A.8.2: Math fonts \\
+                 A.9: Math spacing commands \\
+                 B: Text symbol tables \\
+                 B.1: Some European characters \\
+                 B.2: Text accents \\
+                 B.3: Text font commands \\
+                 B.3.1: Text font family commands \\
+                 B.4: Additional text symbols \\
+                 B.5: Additional text symbols with T1 encoding \\
+                 B.5.1: Accents \\
+                 B.5.2: European characters \\
+                 B.5.3: Quotation marks \\
+                 B.6: Text spacing commands \\
+                 C: Background \\
+                 C.1: A short history \\
+                 C.1.2: Recent developments \\
+                 C.2.1: The layers \\
+                 C.2.2: Typesetting \\
+                 C.2.3: Viewing and printing \\
+                 D: PostScript fonts \\
+                 D.2: The Times font and MathTime \\
+                 D.3: Lucida Bright fonts \\
+                 D.4: More PostScript fonts \\
+                 F: A book document class \\
+                 G: Conversions \\
+                 H: Final word \\
+                 H.1: What was left out? \\
+                 H.2: Further reading",
 }
 
 @Book{Gratzer:2007:ML,
@@ -6424,7 +7611,7 @@
   ISSN-L =       "0002-9920",
   bibdate =      "Tue Mar 05 18:14:43 2013",
   bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  URL =          "www.ams.org/notices/201303/rnoti-p332.pdf",
+  URL =          "http://www.ams.org/notices/201303/rnoti-p332.pdf",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   fjournal =     "Notices of the American Mathematical Society",
   journal-URL =  "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
@@ -6628,9 +7815,34 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-07-025207-3",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 G87 1994",
   bibdate =      "Wed Sep 29 17:55:14 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  price =        "US\$29.95",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1: Getting Started \\
+                 2: Writing Without Special Features \\
+                 3: Basic Units \\
+                 4: Fonts \\
+                 5: Spaces and Breakpoints \\
+                 6: Layout of Pages \\
+                 7: Groups \\
+                 8: Mathematical Formulas \\
+                 9: Figures \\
+                 10: Compound Units of Text \\
+                 11: Macros \\
+                 12: Data Types \\
+                 13: Selectors \\
+                 14: Auxiliary Files \\
+                 15: Deeper Into Macros \\
+                 16: Characters \\
+                 17: Environments for Writing \\
+                 Appendix A: More on Symbols and Characters \\
+                 Appendix B: More About Tex \\
+                 Appendix C: Line Drawing \\
+                 Appendix D: Output Routines \\
+                 Appendix E: Mathematical Tables \\
+                 Appendix F: Ordinary Tables \\
+                 Appendix G: Catalog of Commands \\
+                 Appendix H: Bibliography",
 }
 
 @Misc{GUTenberg:1988:CG,
@@ -7040,8 +8252,8 @@
   author =       "Horace Hart",
   title =        "{Hart}'s Rules; For Compositors and Readers at the
                  {University Press, Oxford}",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   edition =      "39th",
   pages =        "182",
   year =         "1991",
@@ -7216,6 +8428,7 @@
   volume =       "56",
   number =       "3",
   pages =        "348--354",
+  month =        mar,
   year =         "2009",
   CODEN =        "AMNOAN",
   ISSN =         "0002-9920 (print), 1088-9477 (electronic)",
@@ -7224,6 +8437,7 @@
   MRnumber =     "2494101",
   bibdate =      "Mon May 26 18:16:34 2014",
   bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  URL =          "http://www.ams.org/journals/notices/200903/tx090300348p.pdf",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   fjournal =     "Notices of the American Mathematical Society",
   journal-URL =  "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
@@ -7713,8 +8927,8 @@
   author =       "Alan Hoenig",
   title =        "{\TeX} Unbound: {\LaTeX} and {\TeX} Strategies for
                  Fonts, Graphics, \& More",
-  publisher =    pub-OUP,
-  address =      pub-OUP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
+  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
   pages =        "ix + 580",
   year =         "1998",
   ISBN =         "0-19-509686-X (paperback), 0-19-509685-1 (hardcover)",
@@ -7722,14 +8936,49 @@
                  (hardcover)",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38H64 1997",
   bibdate =      "Wed Apr 29 14:32:29 1998",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$60.00 (hardcover), US\$35.00 (paperback)",
   URL =          "http://www.oup-usa.org/gcdocs/gc_0195096851.html",
+  abstract =     "TeX and LaTeX are some of the premier technical
+                 typesetting systems in existence. While there are many
+                 books on TeX and LaTeX, none offers more than slight
+                 coverage of issues not directly related to using TeX
+                 and LaTeX commands. This book fills this important gap,
+                 bringing together for the first time hard-to-find
+                 information on essential aspects of document
+                 production. TeX Unbound includes practical advice and
+                 numerous examples for a wide range of topics. Readers
+                 who devour their books from cover to cover will enjoy
+                 the lively style, but the copious index, detailed table
+                 of contents, many illustrations, and frequent boxed
+                 summaries make this book equally valuable to those who
+                 simply need a quick and concise answer to a pressing
+                 question.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   keywords =     "Computer fonts; Computer graphics; Computerized
-                 typesetting; Mathematics printing -- Computer programs;
-                 METAFONT; Technical publishing -- Computer programs;
-                 {\LaTeX} (Computer file); {\TeX} (Computer file)",
+                 typesetting; Mathematics printing --- Computer
+                 programs; METAFONT; Technical publishing --- Computer
+                 programs; {\LaTeX} (Computer file); {\TeX} (Computer
+                 file)",
+  tableofcontents = "1: About \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} \\
+                 2: \TeX{}, the Internet, and Multimedia \\
+                 3: Mostly Metafont \\
+                 4: Logical Documents via \LaTeX{} \\
+                 5: \TeX{} in the Workplace \\
+                 6: Installing and Selecting Fonts \\
+                 7: Virtual Fonts, Virtuous Fonts \\
+                 8: Virtual-Font Projects \\
+                 9: More Virtual Fonts \\
+                 10: New Math Fonts \\
+                 11: Graphic Discussions \\
+                 12: Graphics via \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} \\
+                 13: Using Metafont and MetaPost \\
+                 14: PSTricks \\
+                 15: Mfpic Pictures \\
+                 Appendix 1: Basic \TeX{} Commands \\
+                 Appendix 2: More About \LaTeX{} \\
+                 Appendix 3: Producing this Book",
 }
 
 @Article{Hohti:1988:TAT,
@@ -8418,13 +9667,30 @@
   address =      pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD:adr,
   pages =        "xviii + 170",
   year =         "1992",
-  ISBN =         "0-13-524539-7",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-524539-2",
+  ISBN =         "0-13-524539-7 (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-524539-2 (paperback)",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 J64 1992",
   bibdate =      "Wed Jul 6 14:01:03 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$30.00",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "Preface First examples / 1 \\
+                 Commands and variables / 17 \\
+                 Document styles / 23 \\
+                 Structuring a document / 33 \\
+                 Fonts and special symbols / 43 \\
+                 Text displays / 59 \\
+                 Tables, figures and pictures / 67 \\
+                 Typesetting mathematics / 81 \\
+                 Cross referencing and bibliographies / 89 \\
+                 Defining commands / 97 \\
+                 LaTeX style parameters / 101 \\
+                 Writing a style file / 123 \\
+                 LaTeX past, present and future / 141 \\
+                 A Hints on running LaTeX / 149 \\
+                 B Error messages / 151 \\
+                 Index / 161",
 }
 
 @InProceedings{Jurriens:1992:TE,
@@ -9759,19 +11025,48 @@
 @Book{Knuth:1992:LP,
   author =       "Donald E. Knuth",
   title =        "Literate Programming",
+  volume =       "27",
   publisher =    pub-SUCSLI,
   address =      pub-SUCSLI:adr,
-  pages =        "xiii + 368",
+  pages =        "xv + 368",
   year =         "1992",
   ISBN =         "0-937073-80-6 (paperback), 0-937073-81-4 (hardcover)",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-937073-80-3 (paperback), 978-0-937073-81-0
                  (hardcover)",
-  LCCN =         "QA76.6 .K644 1992",
-  bibdate =      "Fri Jul 22 09:08:14 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  price =        "US\$24.95 (paperback), US\$59.95 (hardcover)",
-  series =       "CSLI Lecture Notes Number 27",
+  LCCN =         "QA76.6.K644",
+  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 03 12:24:41 1998",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dijkstra-edsger-w.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/acm-turing-awards.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cacm1970.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cacm1980.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/css.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/spell.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  series =       "CSLI Lecture Notes",
+  URL =          "http://csli-www.stanford.edu/publications/literate.html",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  keywords =     "electronic digital computers --- programming",
+  remark =       "See translation \cite{Knuth:1994:BP}.",
+  tableofcontents = "1: Computer programming as an art / 1 \\
+                 2: Structured programming with go to statements / 17
+                 \\
+                 3: A structured program to generate all topological
+                 sorting arrangements / 91 \\
+                 4: Literate programming / 99 \\
+                 5: Programming pearls: Sampling / 137 \\
+                 6: Programming pearls, continued: Common Words / 151
+                 \\
+                 7: How to read a WEB / 179 \\
+                 8: Excerpts from the programs for \TeX{} and METAFONT /
+                 185 \\
+                 9: Mathematical writing / 235 \\
+                 10: Errors of \TeX{} / 243 \\
+                 11: Error log of \TeX{} / 293 \\
+                 12: Example of CWEB / 341 \\
+                 Further Reading / 349 \\
+                 Index / 359",
 }
 
 @Book{Knuth:1993:CSS,
@@ -9786,7 +11081,26 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-57569-9",
   LCCN =         "QA76.9.D3 K6 1993",
   bibdate =      "Thu May 12 08:36:22 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  abstract =     "WEB is a software system that facilitates the creation
+                 of readable programs. It was originally developed by
+                 Donald E. Knuth as he programmed the TEX typesetting
+                 system. Users of WEB are able to write programs of
+                 superior quality; produce state-of-the-art
+                 documentation; greatly reduce debugging time and
+                 maintain programs easily as conditions change. CWEB is
+                 a version of WEB for documenting C and C++ programs.
+                 WEB was adapted to C by Silvio Levy in 1987, and since
+                 then both Knuth and Levy have revised and enhanced the
+                 system in many ways, notably to support C++ and ANSI C.
+                 Thus CWEB combines TEX with two of today's most widely
+                 used professional programming languages. This book is
+                 the definitive user's guide and reference manual for
+                 the CWEB system. The CWEB software itself is freely
+                 available via anonymous ftp from labrea.stanford.edu on
+                 the Internet.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
@@ -9812,22 +11126,63 @@
 @Book{Knuth:1999:DT,
   author =       "Donald E. Knuth",
   title =        "Digital Typography",
+  volume =       "78",
   publisher =    pub-CSLI,
   address =      pub-CSLI:adr,
   pages =        "xvi + 685",
   year =         "1999",
-  ISBN =         "1-57586-011-2 (cloth), 1-57586-010-4 (paperback)",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-57586-011-4 (cloth), 978-1-57586-010-7
-                 (paperback)",
+  ISBN =         "1-57586-010-4 (paperback), 1-57586-011-2 (hardcover)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-57586-010-7 (paperback), 978-1-57586-011-4
+                 (hardcover)",
   LCCN =         "Z249.3.K59 1998",
   MRclass =      "68U15",
-  MRnumber =     "1676044 (2002k:68194)",
-  MRreviewer =   "P. D. F. Ion",
+  MRnumber =     "MR1676044 (2002k:68194)",
   bibdate =      "Mon May 10 18:01:36 1999",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib;
+                 MathSciNet database",
   price =        "US\$90.00 (cloth), US\$39.95 (paperback)",
   series =       "CSLI Lecture Notes",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1: Digital Typography / 1 \\
+                 2: Mathematical Typography / 19 \\
+                 3: Breaking Paragraphs Into Lines / 67 \\
+                 4: Mixing Right-to-Left Texts with Left-to-Right Texts
+                 / 157 \\
+                 5: Recipes and Fractions / 177 \\
+                 6: The \TeX{} Logo in Various Fonts / 181 \\
+                 7: Printing Out Selected Pages / 183 \\
+                 8: Macros for Jill / 185 \\
+                 9: Problem for a Saturday Morning / 195 \\
+                 10: Exercises for \TeX{}: The Program / 197 \\
+                 11: Mini-Indexes for Literate Programs / 225 \\
+                 12: Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards / 247 \\
+                 13: The Letter S / 263 \\
+                 14: My First Experience with Indian Scripts / 285 \\
+                 15: Concept of a Meta-Font / 289 \\
+                 16: Lessons Learned from METAFONT / 315 \\
+                 17: AMS Euler --- A New Typeface for Mathematics / 339
+                 \\
+                 18: Typesetting Concrete Mathematics / 367 \\
+                 19: Course on METAFONT Programming / 379 \\
+                 20: Punk Meta-Font / 391 \\
+                 21: Fonts for Digital Halftones / 415 \\
+                 22: Digital Halftones by Dot Diffusion / 449 \\
+                 23: A Note on Digital Angles / 473 \\
+                 24: TEXDR.AFT / 481 \\
+                 25: TEX.ONE / 505 \\
+                 26: \TeX{} Incunabula / 533 \\
+                 27: Icons for \TeX{} and METAFONT / 547 \\
+                 28: Computers and Typesetting / 555 \\
+                 29: The New Versions of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 563 \\
+                 30: The Future of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 571 \\
+                 31: Questions and Answers, I / 573 \\
+                 32: Questions and Answers, II / 601 \\
+                 33: Questions and Answers, III / 625 \\
+                 34: Final Errors of \TeX{} / 655 \\
+                 Index / 663",
 }
 
 @Book{Knuth:2013:EK,
@@ -9962,7 +11317,7 @@
 
 @Book{Kopka:1988:LE,
   author =       "Helmut Kopka",
-  title =        "{\LaTeX}\emdash{}Eine Einf{\"u}hrung",
+  title =        "{{\LaTeX}: Eine Einf{\"u}hrung}",
   publisher =    pub-AWV,
   address =      pub-AWV:adr,
   edition =      "Second",
@@ -9970,9 +11325,355 @@
   year =         "1988",
   ISBN =         "3-89319-136-4, 3-89319-199-2",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-3-89319-136-9, 978-3-89319-199-4",
-  bibdate =      "Sat Mar 07 09:48:36 1998",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Jul 6 15:09:48 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1 Grundlagen / 1 \\
+                 1.1 TeX und LaTeX / 2 \\
+                 1.2 Text und Befehle / 3 \\
+                 1.3 Grundstruktur eines LaTeX-Files / 3 \\
+                 1.4 LaTeX-Bearbeitungsnioden / 5 \\
+                 1.5 Erl{\"a}uterungen zum vorliegenden Text / 5 \\
+                 1.6 Die Erzeugung eines LaTeX-Dokuments / 6 \\
+                 1.7 Hinweise f{\"u}r Autoren / 7 \\
+                 2 Befehle und Umgebungen / 9 \\
+                 2.1 Befehlsnamen und Befehlsargumente / 9 \\
+                 2.2 Umgebungen (environment) / 10 \\
+                 2.3 Erkl{\"a}rungen (declaration) / 11 \\
+                 2.4 Ma{\ss}angaben / 12 \\
+                 2.4.1 Feste Ma{\ss}e / 12 \\
+                 2.4.2 Elastische Ma{\ss}e / 12 \\
+                 2.5 Sonderzeichen / 13 \\
+                 2.5.1 Eingabe der Umlaute und des {\ss} / 13 \\
+                 2.5.2 Anf{\"u}hrungsstriche / 13 \\
+                 2.5.3 Trenn-, Binde- und Gedankenstriche / 14 \\
+                 2.5.4 Der Druck von Befehlszeichen / 14 \\
+                 2.5.5 Die Sonderzeichen \S, $\dagger$, $\ddagger$,
+                 $\P$, $\copyright$ und $\pounds$ / 14 \\
+                 2.5.6 Sonderbuchstaben in Fremdsprachen / 14 \\
+                 2.5.7 Akzente / 14 \\
+                 2.5.8 Ligaturen / 15 \\
+                 2.5.9 Das Datum / 15 \\
+                 2.6 Zerbrechliche Befehle / 15 \\
+                 2.7 {\"U}bungen / 16 \\
+                 3 Dokument- und Seitenstil 1 / 9 \\
+                 3.1 Der Dokumentstil / 19 \\
+                 3.2 Der Seitenstil / 21 \\
+                 3.2.1 Kopfdeklarationen / 21 \\
+                 3.2.2 Seitennumerierung / 22 \\
+                 3.2.3 Zeilen- und Absatzabst{\"a}nde / 23 \\
+                 3.2.4 Seitendeklarationen / 23 \\
+                 3.2.5 Ein- und zweispaltige Seiten / 25 \\
+                 3.3 Dokumentuntergliederung / 25 \\
+                 3.3.1 Die Titelseite / 26 \\
+                 3.3.2 Der Abstrakt / 28 \\
+                 3.3.3 Die fortlaufende Untergliederung / 28 \\
+                 3.3.4 Der Anhang / 30 \\
+                 3.4 Das Inhaltsverzeichnis / 31 \\
+                 3.4.1 Automatische Eintragungen / 31 \\
+                 3.4.2 Der Ausdruck des Inhaltsverzeichnisses / 31 \\
+                 3.4.3 Zus{\"a}tzliche Eintragungen / 31 \\
+                 3.4.4 Weitere Verzeichnisse / 32 \\
+                 3.5 Formatierungshilfen / 33 \\
+                 3.5.1 Zeichen- und Wortabst{\"a}nde / 33 \\
+                 3.5.1.1 Der . und das Satzende / 33 \\
+                 3.5.1.2 Frenchspacing / 33 \\
+                 3.5.1.3 Die Zeichenkombination `` und '' / 34 \\
+                 3.5.1.4 Italic-Korrektur / 34 \\
+                 3.5.1.5 Die Ausschaltung von Ligaturen / 34 \\
+                 3.5.1.6 Einf{\"u}gung beliebiger Zwischenr{\"a}ume / 34
+                 \\
+                 3.5.1.7 Einf{\"u}gung von \ldots{} und \_\_\_ Sequenzen
+                 / 35 \\
+                 3.5.2 Zeilenumbruch / 36 \\
+                 3.5.2.1 Der Befehl \\ / 36 \\
+                 3.5.2.2 Weitere Zeilenumbruchbefehle / 36 \\
+                 3.5.3 Absatzabstand / 37 \\
+                 3.5.4 Absatzeinr{\"u}ckungen / 37 \\
+                 3.5.5 Seitenumbruch / 38 \\
+                 3.5.5.1 Normale Textseiten / 38 \\
+                 3.5.5.2 Seiten mit Bildern und Tabellen / 38 \\
+                 3.5.5.3 Zweispaltige Seiten / 39 \\
+                 3.5.5.4 Doppelseitiger Druck / 39 \\
+                 3.5.5.5 Eingeschr{\"a}nkter Umbruch / 39 \\
+                 3.5.5.6 Weitere Hilfen zum Seitenumbruch / 40 \\
+                 3.6 Trennhilfen / 41 \\
+                 3.6.1 Direkte Trennhilfen / 41 \\
+                 3.6.2 Erzeugung einer Trennliste / 42 \\
+                 3.6.3 Vermeidung von Trennungen / 42 \\
+                 3.6.4 Zeilenbreite und Trennungen / 43 \\
+                 3.6.5 Zusatzinformation {\"u}ber Trennungen / 43 \\
+                 4 Texthervorhebungen / 45 \\
+                 4.1 {\"A}nderung der Schrift / 45 \\
+                 4.1.1 Die Standardumschaltung \em / 45 \\
+                 4.1.2 Die verf{\"u}gbaren Schriftarten / 46 \\
+                 4.1.3 Die Wahl der Schriftgr{\"o}{\ss}e / 46 \\
+                 4.1.4 Zus{\"a}tzliche Schriftarten / 48 \\
+                 4.1.5 Zeichens{\"a}tze und Symbole / 48 \\
+                 4.2 Textverschiebungen / 49 \\
+                 4.2.1 Zentrierter Text / 49 \\
+                 4.2.2 Einseitig b{\"u}ndiger Text / 49 \\
+                 4.2.3 Beidseitig einger{\"u}ckter Text / 49 \\
+                 4.2.4 Verseinr{\"u}ckungen / 50 \\
+                 4.3 Aufz{\"a}hlungen / 51 \\
+                 4.3.1 Beispiel 'itemize' / 51 \\
+                 4.3.2 Beispiel 'enumerate' / 52 \\
+                 4.3.3 Beispiel 'description' / 52 \\
+                 4.3.4 Geschachtelte Aufz{\"a}hlungen / 52 \\
+                 4.3.5 {\"A}nderung der Markierungen / 54 \\
+                 4.3.6 Literaturverzeichnis / 56 \\
+                 4.4 Allgemeine Listen / 58 \\
+                 4.4.1 Die Standardmarke / 58 \\
+                 4.4.2 Die Listenerkl{\"a}rung / 59 \\
+                 4.4.3 Beispiel f{\"u}r eine benutzergestaltete Liste /
+                 60 \\
+                 4.4.4 Listendefinitionen als neue Umgebungen / 61 \\
+                 4.4.5 Triviale Listen / 62 \\
+                 4.4.6 Verschachtelte Listen / 62 \\
+                 4.5 Regels{\"a}tze / 63 \\
+                 4.6 Tabulatorsetzungen / 64 \\
+                 4.6.1 Grundlagen / 64 \\
+                 4.6.2 Musterzeile / 64 \\
+                 4.6.3 Tabstops und linker Rand / 65 \\
+                 4.6.4 Weitere Tabulatorbefehle / 65 \\
+                 4.6.5 Zusatzbemerkungen / 66 \\
+                 4.7 Boxen / 68 \\
+                 4.7.1 LR-Boxen / 68 \\
+                 4.7.2 Vertikale Verschiebungen von LR-Boxen / 69 \\
+                 4.7.3 Absatzboxen und Teilseiten / 70 \\
+                 4.7.4 Rule-Boxen / 71 \\
+                 4.7.5 Verschachtelte Boxen / 72 \\
+                 4.7.6 Box-Stilparameter / 73 \\
+                 4.8 Tabellen / 74 \\
+                 4.8.1 Die Konstruktion von Tabellen / 74 \\
+                 4.8.2 Die {\"A}nderung des Tabellenstils / 76 \\
+                 4.8.3 Beispiele von Tabellenkonstruktionen / 77 \\
+                 4.8.4 Gleitende Tabellen / 84 \\
+                 4.9 Fu{\ss}noten und Randnotizen / 86 \\
+                 4.9.1 Standardfu{\ss}noten / 86 \\
+                 4.9.2 Abweichungen vom Standard / 86 \\
+                 4.9.3 {\"A}nderung des Fu{\ss}notenstils / 87 \\
+                 4.9.4 Fu{\ss}noten in unerlaubten Moden / 88 \\
+                 4.9.5 Fu{\ss}noten in Minipages / 89 \\
+                 4.9.6 Randnotizen / 89 \\
+                 4.9.7 Stilparameter f{\"u}r Randboxen / 91 \\
+                 4.10 Ausdruck von Originaltext / 91 \\
+                 4.11 Kommentare im Eingabetext / 92 \\
+                 5 Mathematische Formeln 0 / 3 \\
+                 5.1 Mathematische Umgebungen / 93 \\
+                 5.2 Die Hauptkonstruktionselemente / 94 \\
+                 5.2.1 Konstante, Variable und ihre Verkn{\"u}pfungen /
+                 94 \\
+                 5.2.2 Hoch- und Tiefstellungen von Zeichen / 95 \\
+                 5.2.3 Br{\"u}che / 95 \\
+                 5.2.4 Wurzeln / 96 \\
+                 5.2.5 Summen und Integrale / 96 \\
+                 5.2.6 Fortsetzungspunkte - Ellipsen / 97 \\
+                 5.3 Mathematische Symbole / 98 \\
+                 5.3.1 Griechische Buchstaben / 98 \\
+                 5.3.2 Kalligraphische Buchstaben / 98 \\
+                 5.3.3 Bin{\"a}re Operationssymbole / 99 \\
+                 5.3.4 Vergleichssymbole und deren Negation / 99 \\
+                 5.3.5 Pfeil- oder Zeigersymbole / 100 \\
+                 5.3.6 Verschiedene sonstige Symbole / 100 \\
+                 5.3.7 Symbole in zwei Gr{\"o}{\ss}en / 101 \\
+                 5.3.8 Funktionsnamen / 101 \\
+                 5.3.9 Mathematische Akzente / 102 \\
+                 5.4 Weitere Konstruktionselemente / 103 \\
+                 5.4.1 Automatische Gr{\"o}{\ss}enanpassung von
+                 Klammersymbolen / 104 \\
+                 5.4.2 Gew{\"o}hnlicher Text innerhalb von Formeln / 105
+                 \\
+                 5.4.3 Matrizen und Felder / 105 \\
+                 5.4.4 Uber- und Unterstreichen von Teilformeln / 108
+                 \\
+                 5.4.5 Gestockte Symbole / 108 \\
+                 5.4.6 Zus{\"a}tzliche mathematische T{\ss}X-Befehle /
+                 109 \\
+                 5.4.7 Mehrzellige Formeln / 110 \\
+                 5.4.8 Gerahmte oder nebeneinander stehende Formeln /
+                 113 \\
+                 5.4.9 Chemische Formeln - Fettdruck in Formeln / 114
+                 \\
+                 5.5 Mathematische Formatierungshilfen / 115 \\
+                 5.5.1 Horizontale Abst{\"a}nde / 115 \\
+                 5.5.2 Die Wahl der Schriftgr{\"o}{\ss}en in Formeln /
+                 116 \\
+                 5.5.3 Manuelle Gr{\"o}{\ss}enwahl der Klammersymbole /
+                 118 \\
+                 5.5.4 Mathematische Stilparameter / 118 \\
+                 5.5.5 Einige Zusatzempfehlungen / 119 \\
+                 5.5.6 Gerahmte abgesetzte Formeln / 121 \\
+                 5.5.7 Was ist sonst noch m{\"o}glich? / 122 \\
+                 6 Bilder / 123 \\
+                 6.1 Ma{\ss}- und Positionierungsangaben / 123 \\
+                 6.2 Die Bildumgebung - picture / 124 \\
+                 6.3 Die Positionierungsbefehle / 125 \\
+                 6.4 Die Bildobjekt-Befehle / 126 \\
+                 6.4.1 Text im Bild / 126 \\
+                 6.4.2 Bildboxen - Rechtecke / 126 \\
+                 6.4.3 Gerade Linien / 129 \\
+                 6.4.4 Pfeile / 130 \\
+                 6.4.5 Kreise / 131 \\
+                 6.4.6 Ovale und gerundete Ecken / 131 \\
+                 6.4.7 Vertikal gestockte Texte / 133 \\
+                 6.4.8 Textangepa{\ss}te Rahmen / 133 \\
+                 6.5 Weitere Bildbefehle und Beispiele / 134 \\
+                 6.5.1 Strichst{\"a}xken / 134 \\
+                 6.5.2 Verschachtelte Bilder / 135 \\
+                 6.5.3 Speicherung von Bildteilen / 136 \\
+                 6.5.4 Erweiterte picture-Umgebung / 139 \\
+                 6.5.5 Weitere Beispiele / 139 \\
+                 6.5.6 Allgemeine Empfehlungen / 141 \\
+                 6.6 Gleitende Tabellen und Bilder / 142 \\
+                 6.6.1 Die Plazierung von Gleitobjekten / 142 \\
+                 6.6.2 Stilparameter f{\"u}r gleitende Objekte / 143 \\
+                 6.6.3 Uber- und Unterschriften f{\"u}r gleitende
+                 Objekte / 145 \\
+                 6.6.4 Beispiele f{\"u}r Gleitobjekte / 146 \\
+                 6.6.5 Bild- und Tabellenreferenzen im Text / 148 \\
+                 7 Benutzereigene Strukturen / 149 \\
+                 7.1 Z{\"a}hler / 149 \\
+                 7.1.1 M?{\ss}X-eigene Z{\"a}hler / 149 \\
+                 7.1.2 Benutzereigene Z{\"a}hler / 150 \\
+                 7.1.3 Ver{\"a}nderung der Z{\"a}hlerwerte / 150 \\
+                 7.1.4 Der Ausdruck von Z{\"a}hlerst{\"a}nden / 151 \\
+                 7.2 L{\"a}ngen / 152 \\
+                 7.3 Benutzereigene Befehle / 153 \\
+                 7.3.1 Befehle ohne Parameter / 153 \\
+                 7.3.2 Befehle mit Parametern / 155 \\
+                 7.3.3 Weitere Beispiele / 156 \\
+                 7.4 Benutzereigene Umgebungen / 159 \\
+                 7.4.1 Umgebungen ohne Parameter / 159 \\
+                 7.4.2 Umgebungen mit Parametern / 161 \\
+                 7.5 Allgemeine Bemerkungen zu Benutzerstrukturen / 163
+                 \\
+                 7.5.1 Abspeichern von benutzereigenen Strukturen / 163
+                 \\
+                 7.5.2 Strukturen zur Abk{\"u}rzung / 163 \\
+                 7.5.3 Gleiche Befehls- und Z{\"a}hlernamen / 164 \\
+                 7.5.4 Die Reichweite benutzereigener Definitionen / 164
+                 \\
+                 7.5.5 Die Reihenfolge von Strukturdefinitionen / 164
+                 \\
+                 7.5.6 Weitergereichte Parameter / 165 \\
+                 7.5.7 Verschachtelte Definitionen / 165 \\
+                 7.5.8 Unerw{\"u}nschte Zwischenr{\"a}ume / 166 \\
+                 7.5.9 Zwei abschlie{\ss}ende Beispiele / 167 \\
+                 7.6 Benutzerspezifische LaTeX-Anpassungen / 169 \\
+                 7.6.1 LaTeX-Strukturbeschreibung / 170 \\
+                 7.6.2 LaTeX-Anpassungen f{\"u}r deutsche Texte / 171
+                 \\
+                 7.6.3 Weitere Dokumentstil-Optionen / 173 \\
+                 7.6.4 Einige Zusatzhinweise / 174 \\
+                 7.6.5 PC-LaTeX Anpassungen / 175 \\
+                 7.6.6 Anmerkungen zum WEB-Programmsystem / 176 \\
+                 8 Miszellaneen / 177 \\
+                 8.1 Behandlung von Teildokumenten / 177 \\
+                 8.1.1 Der ``input'' Befehl / 177 \\
+                 8.1.2 Der ``include'' Befehl / 178 \\
+                 8.1.3 Terminal Ein- und Ausgabe / 180 \\
+                 8.2 Textbez{\"u}ge / 182 \\
+                 8.2.1 Kreuzreferenzen / 182 \\
+                 8.2.2 Bez{\"u}ge zum Literaturverzeichnis / 183 \\
+                 8.2.3 Indexregister / 185 \\
+                 8.2.4 Glossaxy / 186 \\
+                 8.3 Die verschiedenen LaTeX-Files / 187 \\
+                 8.4 Geladene und nachladbare Zeichens{\"a}tze / 189 \\
+                 9 Fehlerbehandlung / 101 \\
+                 9.1 Grundstruktur der Fehlermeldungen / 191 \\
+                 9.1.1 TeX-Fehlermeldungen / 191 \\
+                 9.1.2 LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen / 194 \\
+                 9.1.3 Fehlermeldungen aus TeX-Makros / 198 \\
+                 9.2 Fehler durch Fehler / 199 \\
+                 9.2.1 Typische Fehler mit Folgewirkung / 201 \\
+                 9.2.2 Mathematische Fehlermeldungen / 203 \\
+                 9.2.3 Fehlermeldungen bei Mehrfiletexten / 205 \\
+                 9.3 Verzeichnis aller LaTeX-Fehler / 206 \\
+                 9.4 TeX-Fehlermeldungen / 209 \\
+                 9.5 Warnungen / 215 \\
+                 9.5.1 LaTeX-Warnungen / 215 \\
+                 9.5.2 TeX-Warnungen / 216 \\
+                 9.6 Suche nach versteckten Fehlern / 217 \\
+                 A Briefe / 219 \\
+                 A.1 Der LaTeX-letter Stil / 219 \\
+                 A.2 Ein hauseigener letter Stil / 223 \\
+                 A.3 Hinweise zur firmenspezifischen Anpassung / 226 \\
+                 A.3.1 Benutzereigene Briefbefehle / 227 \\
+                 A.3.2 Benutzereigene Briefformulare / 228 \\
+                 B Literaturdatenbanken / 231 \\
+                 B.1 Das BiBTeX-Programm / 231 \\
+                 B.2 Die Erstellung einer Literaturdatenbank / 233 \\
+                 B.2.1 Die verschiedenen Eingabetypen / 234 \\
+                 B.2.2 Felder / 236 \\
+                 B.2.3 Spezielle Feldformate / 237 \\
+                 B.2.4 Abk{\"u}rzungen / 239 \\
+                 C Zeichens{\"a}tze 2 4 / 1 \\
+                 C.1 Vorbemerkungen / 241 \\
+                 C.2 Klassifizierung der TeX-Grundzeichens{\"a}tze / 242
+                 \\
+                 C.3 Proportionalschriften / 244 \\
+                 C.3.1 Serifenschriften / 244 \\
+                 C.3.1.1 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Roman'' / 244 \\
+                 C.3.1.2 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Slanted'' / 246 \\
+                 C.3.1.3 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Italic'' / 246 \\
+                 C.3.1.4 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Bold Face''
+                 (Fettdruck) / 247 \\
+                 C.3.2 Sans Serifenschriften / 248 \\
+                 C.3.2.1 Die ``senkrechten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze
+                 / 249 \\
+                 C.3.2.2 Die ``geneigten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze /
+                 250 \\
+                 C.3.2.3 Die ``fetten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze /
+                 251 \\
+                 C.3.2.4 Der Zeichensatz cminch / 251 \\
+                 C.3.3 Zier- und Sonderschriften / 253 \\
+                 C.4 Fixschriften - Schreibmaschinenschriften / 254 \\
+                 C.4.1 Senkrechte Schreibmaschinenschriften / 254 \\
+                 C.4.2 Gro{\ss}schreibung / 255 \\
+                 C.4.3 Geneigte Schreibmaschinenschriften / 255 \\
+                 C.4.4 Mathematische Schreibmaschinenschrift / 255 \\
+                 C.5 Mathematik- und Symbolzeichens{\"a}tze / 256 \\
+                 C.5.1 Mathematische Textzeichens{\"a}tze / 256 \\
+                 C.5.2 Mathematische Symbole / 257 \\
+                 C.5.3 Variable Symbole / 258 \\
+                 C.5.4 Zus{\"a}tzliche Zeichens{\"a}tze / 258 \\
+                 C.5.4.1 Die LaTeX-lasy Zeichens{\"a}tze / 259 \\
+                 C.5.4.2 Zeichens{\"a}tze zur Erzeugung von Bildern /
+                 259 \\
+                 C.5.4.3 Logo Zeichens{\"a}tze / 259 \\
+                 C.6 Die Anordnung innerhalb der Zeichens{\"a}tze / 260
+                 \\
+                 C.7 Die Zeichensatzfiles / 265 \\
+                 C.7.1 Die Grundnamen / 265 \\
+                 C.7.2 Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Zeichens{\"a}tze / 265 \\
+                 C.7.3 Pixel-Kodierung / 267 \\
+                 C.7.4 Gepackte Kodierung / 269 \\
+                 C.8 Anmerkungen zu METflFONT / 270 \\
+                 D LaTeX-Erg{\"a}nzungen / 273 \\
+                 D.1 Der deutsche TEX-Befehlszusatz / 273 \\
+                 D.1.1 Die Umlaute und das {\ss} / 274 \\
+                 D.1.2 Trennhilfen / 274 \\
+                 D.1.3 Aufhebung von Ligaturen / 275 \\
+                 D.1.4 Deutsche Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen / 275 \\
+                 D.1.5 Franz{\"o}sische Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen / 275 \\
+                 D.1.6 Sprachumschaltung / 276 \\
+                 D.1.7 Umschaltung auf das TeX-Original / 276 \\
+                 D.1.8 Der Aufruf des german.sty Files / 277 \\
+                 D.2 Der german.sty File / 278 \\
+                 D.2.1 Strukturbeschreibung des german.sty Files / 278
+                 \\
+                 D.2.2 Anpassung der LaTeX .sty Files an den german.sty
+                 File / 281 \\
+                 D.2.3 Die Kombination der letter.sty und german.sty
+                 Files / 283 \\
+                 D.3 Weitere LaTeX Erg{\"a}nzungen / 285 \\
+                 Literaturverzeichnis / 287 \\
+                 Befehlsindex / 289 \\
+                 Kurzbeschreibung der LaTeX-Befehle / 289 \\
+                 Zusammenfassende Tabellen und Diagramme / 332 \\
+                 Verbotene TeX-Befehle 339",
 }
 
 @Book{Kopka:1990:LEE,
@@ -10043,13 +11744,31 @@
                  Beginners and Advanced Users",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
+  pages =        "xvi + 436",
   year =         "1993",
   ISBN =         "0-201-56889-6",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-56889-9",
-  bibdate =      "Thu Jan 20 12:34:31 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 K66 1993",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Jul 6 14:19:35 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$34.50",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\
+                 2: Commands and Environments \\
+                 3: Document and Page Styles \\
+                 4: Displayed Text \\
+                 5: Mathematical Formulas \\
+                 6: Pictures \\
+                 7: User-Defined Structures \\
+                 8: Advanced Features \\
+                 9: Error Messages \\
+                 A: Letters \\
+                 B: Bibliographic Data Bases \\
+                 C: \SliTeX{} \\
+                 D: \LaTeX{} Extensions \\
+                 E: Character Fonts \\
+                 F: Command Summary",
 }
 
 @Book{Kopka:1994:LBE,
@@ -10069,7 +11788,7 @@
 
 @Book{Kopka:1995:GDP,
   author =       "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly",
-  title =        "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for
+  title =        "A Guide to {\LaTeX}2e: Document Preparation for
                  Beginners and Advanced Users",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
@@ -10080,8 +11799,16 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-42777-6",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 K66 1995",
   bibdate =      "Thu May 25 15:18:31 1995",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$37.61",
+  abstract =     "If you are a user with little or no experience of
+                 computers or text formatting and you want to master
+                 \LaTeX{} to produce documents of high quality, this is
+                 the book for you. Fully revised to cover both \LaTeX{}
+                 2.09 and the latest version \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $,
+                 this tutorial contains an exciting new text design that
+                 makes it even more accessible than before.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
@@ -10347,10 +12074,12 @@
   year =         "1990",
   ISBN =         "0-201-51141-X",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-51141-3",
-  bibdate =      "Wed Apr 19 10:42:04 1995",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 K75 1990",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   note =         "English translation of \cite{Schwarz:1988:ET}. See
                  also the Dutch translation, \cite{Schwarz:1990:IT}.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
 @InProceedings{Kroenert:1990:IIS,
@@ -10519,8 +12248,8 @@
 
 @Book{Lamport:1994:LDP,
   author =       "Leslie Lamport",
-  title =        "{\LaTeX}: a Document Preparation System: User's Guide
-                 and Reference Manual",
+  title =        "{\LaTeX}: {A} Document Preparation System: User's
+                 Guide and Reference Manual",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
   edition =      "Second",
@@ -10529,10 +12258,73 @@
   ISBN =         "0-201-52983-1",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-52983-8",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38L35 1994",
-  bibdate =      "Sat Mar 07 09:39:20 1998",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
-  note =         "Reprinted with corrections in 1996.",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  bibdate =      "Wed Aug 10 09:55:59 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/han-wri-mat-sci-2ed.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  abstract =     "LaTeX is a software system for typesetting documents.
+                 Because it is especially good for technical documents
+                 and is available for almost any computer system, LaTeX
+                 has become a lingua franca of the scientific world.
+                 Researchers, educators, and students in universities,
+                 as well as scientists in industry, use LaTeX to produce
+                 professionally formatted papers, proposals, and books.
+                 They also use LaTeX input to communicate information
+                 electronically to their colleagues around the world.
+                 With the release of LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $, the new
+                 standard version, LaTeX has become even more powerful.
+                 Among its new features are an improved method for
+                 handling different styles of type, and commands for
+                 including graphics and producing colors. LaTeX $
+                 2_\epsilon $ makes available to all LaTeX users
+                 valuable enhancements to the software that have been
+                 developed over the years by users in many different
+                 places to satisfy a variety of needs. This book,
+                 written by the original architect and implementer of
+                 LaTeX is both the user's guide and the reference manual
+                 for the software. It has been updated to reflect the
+                 changes in the new release. The book begins with
+                 instructions for formatting simpler text, and
+                 progressively describes commands and techniques for
+                 handling larger and more complicated documents. A
+                 separate chapter explains how to deal with errors. An
+                 added appendix describes what is new and different in
+                 LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $. Other additions to the second
+                 edition include descriptions of new commands for
+                 inserting pictures prepared with other programs and for
+                 producing colored output; new sections on how to make
+                 books and slides; instructions for making an index with
+                 the MakeIndex program, and an updated guide to
+                 preparing a bibliography with the BibTeX program; plus
+                 a section on how to send your LaTeX documents
+                 electronically. Users new to LaTeX will find here a
+                 book that has earned worldwide praise as a model for
+                 clear, concise, and practical documentation.
+                 Experienced users will want to update their LaTeX
+                 library. Although most standard LaTeX input files will
+                 work with LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $, to take advantage of
+                 the new features, a few LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $
+                 conventions must first be learned. For users who want
+                 an advanced guide to LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $ and to more
+                 than 150 packages that can now be used at any site to
+                 provide additional features, a useful companion to this
+                 book is \booktitle{The LaTeX Companion}, by Goossens,
+                 Mittelbach, and Samarin (also published by
+                 Addison-Wesley).",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1: Getting Acquainted \\
+                 2: Getting Started \\
+                 3: Carrying On \\
+                 4: Moving Information Around \\
+                 5: Other Document Classes \\
+                 6: Designing It Yourself \\
+                 7: Pictures and Colors \\
+                 8: Errors \\
+                 Appendix A: Using MakeIndex \\
+                 Appendix B: The Bibliography Database \\
+                 Appendix C: Reference Manual \\
+                 Appendix D: What's New \\
+                 Appendix E: Using Plain TeX Commands",
 }
 
 @Book{Lamport:1995:DLH,
@@ -10778,16 +12570,18 @@
 
 @Book{Level:2000:PTF,
   author =       "Jeff Level and Bruce Newman and Brenda Newman",
-  title =        "Precision type font reference guide, version 5.0",
+  title =        "Precision Type Font Reference Guide, Version 5.0",
   publisher =    pub-HARTLEY-MARKS,
   address =      pub-HARTLEY-MARKS:adr,
   pages =        "xxv + 653",
   year =         "2000",
   ISBN =         "0-88179-182-2",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-88179-182-2",
-  LCCN =         "",
+  LCCN =         "Z250.7 .P74 2000",
   bibdate =      "Thu Apr 12 10:59:49 2001",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/font.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
   note =         "Republication of \cite{Level:1995:PTF}.",
   price =        "US\$39.95, CDN\$59.95",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
@@ -10995,19 +12789,305 @@
 
 @Book{Lipkin:1999:LLV,
   author =       "Bernice Sacks Lipkin",
-  title =        "{\LaTeX} for {Linux}: a vade mecum",
+  title =        "{\LaTeX} for {Linux}: a Vade Mecum",
   publisher =    pub-SV,
   address =      pub-SV:adr,
   pages =        "xxxi + 568",
   year =         "1999",
-  ISBN =         "0-387-98708-8 (softcover)",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-98708-8 (softcover)",
-  LCCN =         "Z 253.4 L38 L56 1999",
+  ISBN =         "0-387-98708-8 (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-98708-8 (paperback)",
+  LCCN =         "Z253.4 L38 L56 1999",
   bibdate =      "Thu Sep 21 10:27:12 2000",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/linux.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
   price =        "US\$49.95",
+  abstract =     "\booktitle{LaTeX for Linux} is a comprehensive
+                 introduction and guide to using LaTeX. While it is
+                 directed at Linux and UNIX users, it is also a
+                 first-rate how-to book on using LaTeX to prepare
+                 articles, books, and theses for users of any system
+                 that supports LaTeX. Unlike other LaTeX books, it is
+                 especially useful for someone coming to LaTeX for the
+                 first time. As Linux grows rapidly in popularity, more
+                 and more people looking to take advantage of the
+                 desktop publishing power of LaTeX --- included with
+                 most Linux distributions --- will find LaTeX for Linux
+                 a wonderful way to get started.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   keywords =     "Computerized typesetting; LaTeX (Computer file)",
+  tableofcontents = "Part I: Reading {\LaTeX} / 1 \\
+                 1: What a {\LaTeX} Command Does / 3 \\
+                 2: Concepts: How {\LaTeX} Operates on Text / 7 \\
+                 2.1: Grammatical Elements / 8 \\
+                 2.2: Instructions to {\LaTeX} / 9 \\
+                 2.2.1: Commands / 10 \\
+                 2.2.2: Declarations / 11 \\
+                 2.2.3: Environments / 12 \\
+                 2.3: Basic Principles in Reading and Writing {\LaTeX}
+                 Commands / 14 \\
+                 2.4: The Scope of an Instruction / 15 \\
+                 2.5: {\LaTeX} Conventions / 17 \\
+                 3: Document Classes / 21 \\
+                 3.1: {\LaTeX}'s Style of Styling Styles / 21 \\
+                 3.2: Format of a Very Simple {\LaTeX} File / 23 \\
+                 3.3: {\LaTeX}-defined Classes / 23 \\
+                 3.4: Slides / 24 \\
+                 3.5: Letters / 25 \\
+                 3.6: Articles / 29 \\
+                 3.7: Reports / 30 \\
+                 3.8: Books / 30 \\
+                 3.9: Document Class Options / 32 \\
+                 3.10: TOC Option / 36 \\
+                 Part II: Preparatory Tasks / 37 \\
+                 4: Constructing practice.tex, a Practice File / 39 \\
+                 5: Setting Emacs Keys for Common Constructions / 45 \\
+                 5.1: Writing in Emacs / 45 \\
+                 5.2: A Font Shape Template / 46 \\
+                 5.3: A List Template / 48 \\
+                 5.4: A Verbatim Template / 51 \\
+                 5.5: A Macro Template / 52 \\
+                 5.6: A Logo Template / 53 \\
+                 6: Viewing and Printing Marked Up Files / 55 \\
+                 7: Dealing with Errors / 59 \\
+                 7.1: Real Errors / 60 \\
+                 7.2: Overfull and Underfull Lines and Pages / 64 \\
+                 7.2.1: The overfull line / 64 \\
+                 7.2.2: The underfull line / 67 \\
+                 7.2.3: The overfull page / 67 \\
+                 7.2.4: The underfull page / 68 \\
+                 7.2.5: Other alerts / 68 \\
+                 Part III: Writing {\LaTeX} / 71 \\
+                 8: {\LaTeX}-Reserved Single-Character Commands / 73 \\
+                 8.1: Single-Character Command Symbols / 73 \\
+                 8.2: Writing Special Symbols As Ordinary Text / 75 \\
+                 8.3: Writing Aliases For Single Character Commands / 77
+                 \\
+                 8.4: Meta Level Mimicking Of Text Commands / 78 \\
+                 9: Single-Word Instructions / 81 \\
+                 9.1: Font Features / 81 \\
+                 9.2: Commands / 83 \\
+                 9.2.1: The {\LaTeX} repertoire of commands / 84 \\
+                 9.2.2: User-created new commands / 87 \\
+                 9.3: Declarations / 88 \\
+                 9.4: Environments / 89 \\
+                 9.4.1: Using an environment whose name is a defined
+                 declaration / 90 \\
+                 9.4.2: Constructing an environment from an existing
+                 environment / 91 \\
+                 9.4.3: Creating environments from scratch / 92 \\
+                 9.4.4: Trouble spots in creating a new environment / 93
+                 \\
+                 10: Newcommands and Macros / 95 \\
+                 10.1: What a Macro Is / 95 \\
+                 10.2: Exact Substitution / 95 \\
+                 10.3: PlaceHolder Substitution / 96 \\
+                 10.3.1: Composing the macro / 97 \\
+                 10.3.2: Using the macro / 98 \\
+                 10.3.3: Revising a macro definition / 99 \\
+                 10.4: Using {\LaTeX} Instructions in the Macro / 99 \\
+                 10.4.1: Commands in the macro argument / 99 \\
+                 10.4.2: Declarations in the macro argument / 100 \\
+                 10.4.3: Environments and macros / 101 \\
+                 10.5: Incorporating a Macro in a Macro / 103 \\
+                 10.6: The Complete Newcommand Format / 104 \\
+                 10.7: Trouble Spots in Writing Macros / 107 \\
+                 10.8: The Complete Newenvironment Format / 108 \\
+                 Part IV: Formatting in Text Mode / 111 \\
+                 11: Fonts / 115 \\
+                 11.1: Font Terminology / 116 \\
+                 11.2: Commands/Declarations That Control Font Features
+                 / 118 \\
+                 11.2.1: Manipulating font family, series and shapes /
+                 118 \\
+                 11.2.2: Font sizes / 121 \\
+                 11.2.3: Changing both font size and type style / 123
+                 \\
+                 11.3: Naming Conventions for Fonts / 123 \\
+                 11.3.1: Classic TEX fonts / 123 \\
+                 11.3.2: Using NFSS to classify names / 125 \\
+                 11.3.3: Fonts supplied with {\LaTeX} / 130 \\
+                 11.4: The Directory Structure for Storing Fonts / 133
+                 \\
+                 11.5: To Load a New Font / 134 \\
+                 11.5.1: Why load yet another font? / 134 \\
+                 11.5.2: To change the main font family for the entire
+                 document / 135 \\
+                 11.5.3: To load an additional font from NFSS
+                 descriptors / 139 \\
+                 11.5.4: The main font and the selectfont font / 145 \\
+                 11.5.5: Behind the scenes in loading and using a font /
+                 146 \\
+                 12: Accents, Dingbats, Standard and Nonstandard Codes /
+                 157 \\
+                 12.1: The Fonts on Disk / 159 \\
+                 12.1.1: Naming font files / 159 \\
+                 12.1.2: Directory names / 160 \\
+                 12.1.3: To view and use a font table / 161 \\
+                 12.2: The Standard ASCII Codes / 164 \\
+                 12.2.1: Built-In letter accents / 167 \\
+                 12.2.2: Trademarks and registries / 168 \\
+                 12.3: Nonstandard Coding Tables / 170 \\
+                 12.3.1: Dingbats / 172 \\
+                 12.3.2: Saint Mary Road symbol fonts / 174 \\
+                 12.3.3: European Computer Modern text fonts / 177 \\
+                 12.3.4: text companion symbols / 178 \\
+                 12.3.5: Math symbol fonts / 179 \\
+                 12.3.6: wasy symbol fonts / 181 \\
+                 12.4: Nonstandard Sizes: Banners, Posters And Spreads /
+                 182 \\
+                 13: Manipulating Space / 195 \\
+                 13.1: Adding a Small Amount of Space Between
+                 Characters/Words / 195 \\
+                 13.2: Adding Significant Space Between Words / 197 \\
+                 13.3: Adding Space Between Sentences / 200 \\
+                 13.4: Adding Space Between Two Lines / 201 \\
+                 13.4.1: Using \\ [length] / 201 \\
+                 13.4.2: Using the \vspace command / 202 \\
+                 13.4.3: Using fixed size vertical skips / 203 \\
+                 13.4.4: Filling vertical space up to what's needed /
+                 204 \\
+                 13.4.5: The /par command / 205 \\
+                 13.5: Changing the Permanent Spacing Between Lines /
+                 205 \\
+                 13.6: Adding a Blank Line Between Paragraphs / 205 \\
+                 13.7: Adding Permanent Space Between Paragraphs / 206
+                 \\
+                 13.8: Double Spacing a Draft Copy / 206 \\
+                 14: Lists / 209 \\
+                 14.1: The Itemize List / 210 \\
+                 14.2: The Enumerate List / 212 \\
+                 14.3: The Description List / 214 \\
+                 14.4: Other Description List Styles / 216 \\
+                 14.5: The Trivlist Environment / 219 \\
+                 15: Aligning and Indenting Text / 221 \\
+                 15.1: Aligning the Text Horizontally / 221 \\
+                 15.2: Raising Text / 223 \\
+                 15.3: Outdenting / 224 \\
+                 15.4: Breaking Single Lines on the Right / 225 \\
+                 15.5: Creating an Outline / 226 \\
+                 15.6: Using Displayed Paragraph Formats / 228 \\
+                 15.6.1: Quotation and quote environments / 228 \\
+                 15.6.2: Verse environment / 229 \\
+                 15.6.3: Center environment / 230 \\
+                 15.6.4: An ordinary description list / 231 \\
+                 15.7: Simple Paragraph Indenting / 232 \\
+                 15.8: Controlling the Degree of Indentation / 232 \\
+                 16: Floating Objects / 237 \\
+                 16.1.1: General format / 237 \\
+                 16.1.2: Usage / 239 \\
+                 16.1.3: Subfigures / 242 \\
+                 16.1.4: Working text around a figure / 243 \\
+                 16.1.5: Creating new float styles / 250 \\
+                 16.1.6: Captions / 251 \\
+                 16.2: Marginal Notes / 252 \\
+                 16.3.1: Tabs / 254 \\
+                 16.3.2: The tabular environment / 258 \\
+                 16.3.3: Floats and multiple columns / 270 \\
+                 17.1: Footnotes in Text / 273 \\
+                 17.1.1: Footnote syntax in text / 274 \\
+                 17.1.2: Shifting between numbers and symbols / 275 \\
+                 17.1.3: Numbering by symbol / 275 \\
+                 17.1.4: Resetting the counter / 276 \\
+                 17.1.5: Examples of numbering styles / 277 \\
+                 17.2: Footnotes in a Minipage / 279 \\
+                 17.2.1: Minipage footnotes with independent numbering /
+                 279 \\
+                 17.2.2: Blending minipage and text footnotes / 281 \\
+                 17.3: Changing Footnote Style / 284 \\
+                 17.4: Footnote Modification Packages / 285 \\
+                 18: Cross-Referencing / 287 \\
+                 18.1: Referencing Numbered {\LaTeX} Objects / 287 \\
+                 18.2: Page References / 289 \\
+                 18.3: Referencing Footnotes / 290 \\
+                 18.4: Positioning the Label / 291 \\
+                 18.4.1: The {\LaTeX} object is stylized / 291 \\
+                 18.4.2: The {\LaTeX} object is not stylized / 292 \\
+                 19: Literal Text and Silent Text / 295 \\
+                 19.1: Verbatim Text / 295 \\
+                 19.2: Writing Notes To Yourself / 299 \\
+                 19.2.1: Using the \% / 299 \\
+                 19.2.2: Invisible reminders / 299 \\
+                 19.2.3: Visible reminders / 300 \\
+                 19.2.4: The {\LaTeX} /typeout and /typein commands /
+                 301 \\
+                 Part V: Formatting in Math Mode / 303 \\
+                 20: Math Symbols, Alphabets and Grammar / 305 \\
+                 20.1: Built-in Symbols / 306 \\
+                 20.1.1: Greek letters, booleans, integrals and sums /
+                 306 \\
+                 20.1.2: Some common mathematical operators / 307 \\
+                 20.1.3: Math accents / 308 \\
+                 20.1.4: Adding ordinary text in math mode / 309 \\
+                 20.2: Modifying the Appearance of Equations / 310 \\
+                 20.2.1: Changing math type style / 310 \\
+                 20.2.2: Space wedges / 312 \\
+                 20.2.3: Size / 313 \\
+                 20.2.4: Creating a New Math Alphabet Command Name / 315
+                 \\
+                 20.2.5: Adding Math Symbols / 318 \\
+                 20.3: Writing, Protecting and Revising Math Macros /
+                 320 \\
+                 20.3.1: Writing a math macro / 320 \\
+                 20.3.2: Redefining the math macro / 321 \\
+                 20.4: Lemmas, Axioms and Conjectures / 322 \\
+                 21: Single Line Math Modes / 325 \\
+                 21.1: Unnumbered Equation in Running Text / 325 \\
+                 21.2: displaymath for a Single Unnumbered Equation /
+                 326 \\
+                 21.3: A Numbered Equation on a Separate Line / 327 \\
+                 22: Arrays: Multi-Line Math Mode / 329 \\
+                 22.1: Creating an Array / 329 \\
+                 Part VI: Formatting in Box Mode / 337 \\
+                 23: Box Mode / 339 \\
+                 23.1: The Single Line Box: \makebox, \framebox / 340
+                 \\
+                 23.1.1: The \makebox and \mbox commands / 340 \\
+                 23.1.2: \framebox and \fbox commands / 341 \\
+                 23.1.3: Changing the appearance of the frame / 342 \\
+                 23.1.4: Fancy frames / 344 \\
+                 23.2: The Paragraph Box: Parboxes and Minipages / 345
+                 \\
+                 23.2.1: The parbox / 345 \\
+                 23.2.2: The minipage environment / 348 \\
+                 23.2.3: Framing the minipage / 354 \\
+                 23.3: The Inked Rectangle: The Rulebox / 356 \\
+                 23.3.1: Solid boxes / 356 \\
+                 23.3.2: Struts / 358 \\
+                 23.4: Sizing the Box in Relative Terms / 358 \\
+                 23.5: Saving Designs / 362 \\
+                 Part VII: Enhancements to the Text / 369 \\
+                 24: Creating Pictures and Graphics / 371 \\
+                 24.1: Creating Pictures in {\LaTeX} / 371 \\
+                 24.1.1: Positioning the picture / 372 \\
+                 24.1.2: Picture commands / 372 \\
+                 24.1.3: Additional graphics packages / 374 \\
+                 24.2: The xv Package / 376 \\
+                 24.3: The XFig Package / 379 \\
+                 24.4: The XPaint Package / 382 \\
+                 24.5: ImageMagick / 382 \\
+                 24.6: GIMP / 386 \\
+                 24.7: Packages for Ready Money / 388 \\
+                 25: Inserting Completed Pictures and Graphics / 391 \\
+                 25.1: Step 1: Linking the Printer Driver and graphicx /
+                 392 \\
+                 25.2: Step 2: Size Information in the EPS File / 393
+                 \\
+                 25.2.1: The BoundingBox / 394 \\
+                 25.2.2: The calc package / 396 \\
+                 25.3: Step 3: Using the /includegraphics Command / 398
+                 \\
+                 25.4: //includegraphics Options / 401 \\
+                 25.4.1: Resetting the BoundingBox / 402 \\
+                 25.4.2: viewport: resetting the part of the picture to
+                 exhibit / 403 \\
+                 25.4.3: Resetting exhibition width / 403 \\
+                 25.4.4: Resetting exhibition height / 404 \\
+                 25.4.5: Scaling: another way to reset size / 404 \\
+                 25.4.6: Resetting exhibition orientation / 405 \\
+                 25.4.7: The interaction between size and orientation /
+                 408",
 }
 
 @Book{Liu:2013:LRM,
@@ -11311,19 +13391,110 @@
 
 @Book{Maor:1994:SN,
   author =       "Eli Maor",
-  title =        "{e}: The Story of a Number",
-  publisher =    pub-PUP,
-  address =      pub-PUP:adr,
+  title =        "$e$: The Story of a Number",
+  publisher =    pub-PRINCETON,
+  address =      pub-PRINCETON:adr,
   pages =        "xiv + 223",
   year =         "1994",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400832347",
   ISBN =         "0-691-03390-0",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-691-03390-7",
   LCCN =         "QA247.5.M33 1994",
   bibdate =      "Thu Sep 08 11:13:04 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sigact.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   note =         "This book chronicles the story of the ultimate version
                  number of {\MF}.",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  URL =          "http://www-gap.dcs.st-and.ac.uk/~history/HistTopics/e.html",
+  abstract =     "The story of $ \pi $ has been told many times, both in
+                 scholarly works and in popular books. But its close
+                 relative, the number $e$, has fared less well: despite
+                 the central role it plays in mathematics, its history
+                 has never before been written for a general audience.
+                 The present work fills this gap. Geared to the reader
+                 with only a modest background in mathematics, the book
+                 describes the story of $e$ from a human as well as a
+                 mathematical perspective. In a sense, it is the story
+                 of an entire period in the history of mathematics, from
+                 the early seventeenth to the late nineteenth century,
+                 with the invention of calculus at its center. Many of
+                 the players who took part in this story are here
+                 brought to life. Among them are John Napier, the
+                 eccentric religious activist who invented logarithms
+                 and --- unknowingly --- came within a hair's breadth of
+                 discovering $e$; William Oughtred, the inventor of the
+                 slide rule, who lived a frugal and unhealthful life and
+                 died at the age of 86, reportedly of joy when hearing
+                 of the restoration of King Charles II to the throne of
+                 England; Newton and his bitter priority dispute with
+                 Leibniz over the invention of the calculus, a conflict
+                 that impeded British mathematics for more than a
+                 century; and Jacob Bernoulli, who asked that a
+                 logarithmic spiral be engraved on his tombstone but a
+                 linear spiral was engraved instead! The unifying theme
+                 throughout the book is the idea that a single number
+                 can tie together so many different aspects of
+                 mathematics --- from the law of compound interest to
+                 the shape of a hanging chain, from the area under a
+                 hyperbola to Euler's famous formula $ e^{i \pi } = -
+                 1$, from the inner structure of a nautilus shell to
+                 Bach's equal-tempered scale and to the art of M.C.
+                 Escher. The book ends with an account of the discovery
+                 of transcendental numbers, an event that paved the way
+                 for Cantor's revolutionary ideas about infinity. No
+                 knowledge of calculus is assumed, and the few places
+                 where calculus is used are fully explained.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
+  tableofcontents = "Preface / xi \\
+                 1. John Napier, 1614 / 3 \\
+                 2. Recognition / 11 \\
+                 Computing with Logarithms / 18 3. Financial Matters /
+                 23 \\
+                 4. To the Limit, If It Exists / 28 \\
+                 Some Curious Numbers Related to $e$ / 37 \\
+                 5. Forefathers of the Calculus / 40 \\
+                 6. Prelude to Breakthrough / 49 \\
+                 Indivisibles at Work / 56 \\
+                 7. Squaring the Hyperbola / 58 \\
+                 8. The Birth of a New Science / 70 \\
+                 9. The Great Controversy / 83 \\
+                 The Evolution of a Notation / 95 \\
+                 10. $e^x$: The Function That Equals its Own Derivative
+                 / 98 \\
+                 The Parachutist / 109 \\
+                 Can Perceptions be Quantified? / 111 \\
+                 11. $e^\theta$: Spira Mirabilis / 114 \\
+                 A Historic Meeting between J. S. Bach and Johann
+                 Bernoulli / 129 \\
+                 The Logarithmic Spiral in Art and Nature / 134 \\
+                 12. $(e^x + e^{-x})/2$: The Hanging Chain / 140 \\
+                 Remarkable Analogies / 147 \\
+                 Some Interesting Formulas Involving $e$ / 151 \\
+                 13. $e^{i x}$: ``The Most Famous of All Formulas'' /
+                 153 \\
+                 A Curious Episode in the History of $e$ / 162 \\
+                 14. $e^{x + i y}$: The Imaginary Becomes Real / 164 \\
+                 15. But What Kind of Number Is It? / 183 \\
+                 Appendix 1. Some Additional Remarks on Napier's
+                 Logarithms / 195 \\
+                 Appendix 2. The Existence of $\lim (1 + 1/n)^n$ as $n
+                 \to \infty$ / 197 \\
+                 Appendix 3. A Heuristic Derivation of the Fundamental
+                 Theorem of Calculus / 200 \\
+                 Appendix 4. The Inverse Relation between $\lim (b^h -
+                 1) / h = 1$ and $\lim (1 + h)^{1 / h} = b$ as $h \to 0$
+                 / 202 \\
+                 Appendix 5. An Alternative Definition of the
+                 Logarithmic Function / 203 \\
+                 Appendix 6. Two Properties of the Logarithmic Spiral /
+                 205 \\
+                 Appendix 7. Interpretation of the Parameter $\phi$ in
+                 the Hyperbolic Functions / 208 \\
+                 Appendix 8. $e$ to One Hundred Decimal Places / 211 \\
+                 Bibliography / 213 \\
+                 Index / 217",
 }
 
 @Misc{Maranget:1998:HLH,
@@ -12861,7 +15032,7 @@
 
 @Book{Reid:1988:PLP,
   author =       "Glenn C. Reid",
-  title =        "{\POSTSCRIPT} Language Program Design",
+  title =        "{PostScript} Language Program Design",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
   address =      pub-AW:adr,
   pages =        "xii + 224",
@@ -12869,8 +15040,199 @@
   ISBN =         "0-201-14396-8",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-14396-6",
   LCCN =         "QA76.73.P67 R45 1988",
-  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 23:17:57 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Sat Aug 27 10:53:25 1994n",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+  price =        "US\$22.95",
+  URL =          "http://www.rightbrain.com/rightbrain.shtml",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  keywords =     "PostScript (computer program language)",
+  tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+                 The PostScript Language: Overview / 1 \\
+                 Introduction / 1 \\
+                 The Language Model / 2 \\
+                 Dictionaries and Data Structures / 4 \\
+                 Stacks / 4 \\
+                 Built-In PostScript Language Operators / 5 \\
+                 The Imaging Model / 5 \\
+                 Coordinate Systems / 6 \\
+                 Paths and Paint / 7 \\
+                 Fonts / 7 \\
+                 Electronic Publishing and Printing / 7 \\
+                 Program Design Guidelines / 9 \\
+                 The Execution Model / 11 \\
+                 Introduction / 11 \\
+                 The Printing Job Model / 11 \\
+                 The Operand Stack / 13 \\
+                 Objects in the PostScript Language / 13 \\
+                 The Stack as a Data Structure / 15 \\
+                 The Dictionary Stack / 16 \\
+                 Dictionary Objects / 17 \\
+                 Using the Dictionary Stack / 18 \\
+                 Operators and Name Lookup / 19 \\
+                 The Bind Operator / 21 \\
+                 The Interpreter and the Scanner / 23 \\
+                 Recognition of Objects / 24 \\
+                 Procedures / 25 \\
+                 Very Large Procedure Bodies / 29 \\
+                 The Execution Stack / 32 \\
+                 The Server Loop / 34 \\
+                 The Imaging Model / 37 \\
+                 Introduction / 37 \\
+                 Applying the Metaphor / 38 \\
+                 Construction of Paths / 40 \\
+                 The Graphics State and Paths / 40 \\
+                 Painting Operations / 42 \\
+                 What Happens to the Current Path? / 43 \\
+                 Procedures for Constructing Paths / 44 \\
+                 Rectangles / 44 \\
+                 Circles and Arcs / 46 \\
+                 Arrowheads / 46 \\
+                 Text Operations / 49 \\
+                 Character Widths / 51 \\
+                 Clipping / 53 \\
+                 Complexity and Performance / 53 \\
+                 Rasterization / 54 \\
+                 Save and Restore / 54 \\
+                 The Font Cache / 55 \\
+                 Emulators and Translators / 57 \\
+                 Introduction / 57 \\
+                 Emulating Another Printer / 58 \\
+                 The stringwidth Operator / 61 \\
+                 Text Justification in an Emulator / 62 \\
+                 Translating Existing File Formats / 68 \\
+                 Units / 68 \\
+                 Fonts / 69 \\
+                 Font Differences / 69 \\
+                 Using the Imaging Model / 71 \\
+                 Preserving High-Level Information / 72 \\
+                 Rendering / 72 \\
+                 Optimizing Translator Output / 72 \\
+                 Computation and Decision-Making / 73 \\
+                 Designing the Page and the Program / 77 \\
+                 Introduction / 77 \\
+                 Page Layout Considerations / 77 \\
+                 Page Nesting and Independence / 78 \\
+                 Producing PostScript Language Output / 79 \\
+                 Round-Off and Coordinate Systems / 80 \\
+                 Efficiency / 81 \\
+                 Data Transmission Overhead / 82 \\
+                 Computation / 83 \\
+                 Interpretation Time / 85 \\
+                 Program Structure / 87 \\
+                 Introduction / 87 \\
+                 The Prologue and Script Model / 87 \\
+                 Modularity and Page Structure / 89 \\
+                 Ground State / 90 \\
+                 The Operand Stack / 92 \\
+                 Functional and Graphic Independence / 92 \\
+                 Save and Restore / 93 \\
+                 Page Elements and Their Properties / 94 \\
+                 Document Structuring Conventions / 96 \\
+                 The Mechanics of Setting Text / 99 \\
+                 Introduction / 99 \\
+                 Character Widths / 100 \\
+                 Margins and Justification / 102 \\
+                 Justification / 104 \\
+                 Handling Different Fonts / 106 \\
+                 Leading and Point Size / 108 \\
+                 Kerning and Ligatures / 109 \\
+                 Encoding and Character Sets / 114 \\
+                 Composite Characters and Accents / 117 \\
+                 Non-Roman Fonts / 117 \\
+                 Character Widths and Origins / 118 \\
+                 Scanned Images and Halftones / 123 \\
+                 Introduction / 123 \\
+                 The Image Operator / 123 \\
+                 How It Works / 124 \\
+                 The Image Matrix / 124 \\
+                 Data Acquisition Procedures / 126 \\
+                 Small Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+                 Large Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+                 A Common Error and Its Cause / 129 \\
+                 Synthetic Data / 129 \\
+                 Data Compression / 131 \\
+                 Halftone Screens / 131 \\
+                 Halftoning in the PostScript Language / 132 \\
+                 Changing the Halftone Screen / 132 \\
+                 The Spot Function / 134 \\
+                 Complex Graphic Problem-Solving / 137 \\
+                 Introduction / 137 \\
+                 Pattern Fills / 137 \\
+                 Logos, Grids, Forms, and Special Fonts / 143 \\
+                 Grids / 146 \\
+                 Transformation Matrices / 149 \\
+                 Inverted Coordinate Systems / 151 \\
+                 Color and Color Separations / 151 \\
+                 Color Separations / 152 \\
+                 Spot Color / 154 \\
+                 File Interchange Standards / 157 \\
+                 Introduction / 157 \\
+                 Conforming Documents / 157 \\
+                 Handling Printer-Specific Features / 158 \\
+                 Specifying Paper Sizes / 159 \\
+                 Printer Queries / 162 \\
+                 Conditional Execution / 163 \\
+                 Font Availability / 164 \\
+                 Putting it All Together / 165 \\
+                 Merging Files from Different Sources / 167 \\
+                 Introduction / 167 \\
+                 Using Existing Context / 168 \\
+                 Error Recovery / 169 \\
+                 Handling showpage / 170 \\
+                 Screen Representations / 171 \\
+                 Writing a Print Spooler / 173 \\
+                 Introduction / 173 \\
+                 Printer Management / 174 \\
+                 Communications / 174 \\
+                 Messages / 175 \\
+                 Using exitserver / 176 \\
+                 Managing Files and Fonts / 178 \\
+                 DocumentFonts / 178 \\
+                 IncludeFont / 179 \\
+                 BeginFont, EndFont / 180 \\
+                 Determining What Fonts Are Available / 181 \\
+                 Handling Resource Shortages / 182 \\
+                 Printer Description Files / 183 \\
+                 Memory and File Resource Management / 185 \\
+                 Memory Structure / 185 \\
+                 Memory Allocation / 186 \\
+                 Save and Restore / 187 \\
+                 Save Objects / 187 \\
+                 The invalidrestore Error / 188 \\
+                 Downloadable Font Programs / 190 \\
+                 Packed Arrays / 190 \\
+                 Raster Memory / 191 \\
+                 File Systems and Disk Management / 192 \\
+                 PostScript Language File Operations / 192 \\
+                 The Standard Input Stream / 193 \\
+                 Error Handling / 197 \\
+                 Introduction / 197 \\
+                 Strategies / 197 \\
+                 Non-Standard Operators / 197 \\
+                 Implementation Limits Exceeded / 198 \\
+                 The Stopped Operator / 199 \\
+                 The Error Handling Mechanism / 203 \\
+                 Redefining Error Procedures / 204 \\
+                 Handling Error Messages / 206 \\
+                 Debugging Techniques / 207 \\
+                 Introduction / 207 \\
+                 Establishing Two-Way Communication / 207 \\
+                 Serial Communications / 208 \\
+                 Parallel Communications / 209 \\
+                 Packet Network Communications / 209 \\
+                 Understanding PostScript Language Errors / 209 \\
+                 Error: undefined / 210 \\
+                 Error: typecheck / 211 \\
+                 Redefining Built-In Operators / 212 \\
+                 Stack Traces / 214 \\
+                 Interactive Techniques / 214 \\
+                 Coordinate System Transformations / 215 \\
+                 Debugging Messages / 216 \\
+                 Error Handler / 217 \\
+                 Index / 221",
 }
 
 @Article{Revesz:1991:TOM,
@@ -13643,14 +16005,184 @@
   address =      pub-SV:adr,
   pages =        "xii + 282",
   year =         "1991",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8654-2",
   ISBN =         "0-387-97562-4, 3-540-97562-4",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-97562-7, 978-3-540-97562-5",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 S47 1991",
-  bibdate =      "Fri Jul 22 09:17:14 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Sun Mar 27 19:05:51 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   note =         "This is a translation and adaption by Silvio Levy of
                  \cite{Seroul:1989:PLT}.",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  abstract =     "This book is a friendly introduction to \TeX{}, the
+                 powerful typesetting system designed by Donald Knuth.
+                 It is addressed primarily to beginners, but it contains
+                 much information that will be useful to aspiring \TeX{}
+                 ``wizards''. Moreover, the authors kept firmly in mind
+                 the diversity of backgrounds that characterizes \TeX{}
+                 users: authors in the sciences and in the humanities,
+                 secretaries, technical typists . The book contains a
+                 careful explanation of all fundamental concepts and
+                 commands, but also a wealth of commented examples and
+                 ``tricks'' based on the authors' long experience with
+                 \TeX{}. The attentive reader will quickly be able to
+                 create a table, or customize the appearance of the
+                 page, or code even the most complicated formula. The
+                 last third of the book is devoted to a
+                 Dictionary/Index, summarizing all the material in the
+                 text and going into greater depth in many areas.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  shorttableofcontents = "What is TeX? \\
+                 The characters of TeX \\
+                 Groups and modes \\
+                 The fonts TeX uses \\
+                 Spacing, glue and springs \\
+                 Paragraphs \\
+                 Page layout \\
+                 Boxes \\
+                 Alignments \\
+                 Tabbing \\
+                 Typesetting mathematics \\
+                 TeX programming \\
+                 Dictionary and index",
+  tableofcontents = "1: What is \TeX{} \\
+                 1.1 The birth of \TeX{} \\
+                 1.2 How \TeX{} works \\
+                 1.3 The good news and bad news about \TeX{} \\
+                 1.4 \TeX{} who and what for? \\
+                 1.5 \TeX{} processing: an overview \\
+                 1.6 Looking ahead \\
+                 1.7 Creating a master file \\
+                 1.8 Error messages \\
+                 2: The characters of \TeX{} \\
+                 2.1 Characters that are special to \TeX{} \\
+                 2.2 Quotes \\
+                 2.3 Ligatures and special characters \\
+                 2.4 Accents \\
+                 2.5 Two exercises \\
+                 3: Groups and modes \\
+                 3.1 Groups \\
+                 3.2 Modes \\
+                 3.3 For the aspiring wizard \\
+                 4: The fonts \TeX{} uses \\
+                 4.1 \TeX{}'s fonts \\
+                 4.2 Preloaded fonts \\
+                 4.3 Loading other fonts \\
+                 4.4 A cornucopia of fonts \\
+                 4.5 Scaling of fonts \\
+                 4.6 Global scaling \\
+                 4.7 For the aspiring wizard \\
+                 4.8 Exercise \\
+                 5: Spacing, glue and springs \\
+                 5.1 Horizontal spacing \\
+                 5.2 Vertical spacing \\
+                 5.3 Glue, or, spaces that stretch and shrink \\
+                 5.4 Springs \\
+                 5.5 Spacing and breaks \\
+                 5.6 Summary of basic spacing commands \\
+                 5.7 Spacing between paragraphs \\
+                 5.8 More spring like creatures \\
+                 5.9 Leaders in their full glory \\
+                 5.10 For the experienced user \\
+                 5.11 Examples \\
+                 6: Paragraphs \\
+                 6.1 Beginning and ending a paragraph \\
+                 6.2 What's in a paragraph? \\
+                 6.3 Automatic indentation \\
+                 6.4 Obeying lines \\
+                 6.5 Left and right margins \\
+                 6.6 Ragged margins \\
+                 6.7 Quotations \\
+                 6.8 Centering text \\
+                 6.9 Series of items \\
+                 6.10 More on hanging indentation \\
+                 6.11 Paragraphs with fancy shapes \\
+                 6.12 Footnotes \\
+                 6.13 Two new macros for the aspiring wizard \\
+                 7: Page layout \\
+                 7.1 Page layout in plain \TeX{} \\
+                 7.2 A more elaborate layout \\
+                 7.3 The title page \\
+                 7.4 Starting a fresh page and leaving a blank page \\
+                 7.5 Placing a title \\
+                 7.6 Choosing line and page breaks by hand \\
+                 7.7 Floats \\
+                 7.8 A complete example \\
+                 7.9 Penalties: or, the carrot and the stick \\
+                 8: Boxes \\
+                 8.1 What is a box? \\
+                 8.2 Putting boxes together \\
+                 8.3 What goes in a box? \\
+                 8.4 Creating a box: summary \\
+                 8.5 Storing a box \\
+                 8.6 The baseline \\
+                 8.7 The dimensions of a box \\
+                 8.8 Some practical situations \\
+                 8.9 Spacing between boxes \\
+                 8.10 Rules \\
+                 8.11 More practical examples \\
+                 8.12 For the aspiring wizard \\
+                 9: Alignments \\
+                 9.1 The preamble, a.k.a. recipe \\
+                 9.2 Simple alignments \\
+                 9.3 Some practical suggestions \\
+                 9.4 Treating special cases \\
+                 9.5 Excessively wide entries \\
+                 9.6 Inserting material between rows \\
+                 9.7 Combining columns \\
+                 9.8 Aligning digits \\
+                 9.9 Horizontal rules and spacing \\
+                 9.10 Vertical rules \\
+                 9.11 Braces and tables \\
+                 9.12 Fixing the width of an alignment \\
+                 9.13 Vertical alignments \\
+                 10: Tabbing \\
+                 10.1 Setting tabs \\
+                 10.2 Centering \\
+                 10.3 Choosing column widths \\
+                 10.4 Equally spaced tabs \\
+                 10.5 Clearing tabs \\
+                 10.6 Tabs and rules \\
+                 10.7 Tabs and springs \\
+                 10.8 Typesetting code \\
+                 10.9 Tabs and alignments: a comparison \\
+                 11: Typesetting mathematics \\
+                 11.1 Generalities \\
+                 11.2 Math symbols \\
+                 11.3 Fonts in math mode \\
+                 11.4 Subscripts and superscripts \\
+                 11.5 Accents \\
+                 11.6 Spacing in math mode \\
+                 11.7 The four styles \\
+                 11.8 Function names \\
+                 11.9 Fractions \\
+                 11.10 Large operators and limits \\
+                 11.11 Radicals \\
+                 11.12 Horizontally extensible symbols \\
+                 11.13 Vertically extensible symbols \\
+                 11.14 Stacking up symbols \\
+                 11.15 Combining relations \\
+                 11.16 More custom-made symbols: limits \\
+                 11.17 Phantoms \\
+                 11.18 Displaying several formulas \\
+                 11.19 Aligning several formulas \\
+                 11.20 Labeling formulas \\
+                 11.21 Matrices \\
+                 11.22 Adjusting the spacing \\
+                 11.23 Ellipses \\
+                 11.24 Diagrams \\
+                 12: \TeX{} Programming \\
+                 12.1 Generalities \\
+                 12.2 Abbreviations and clones \\
+                 12.3 Macros with arguments \\
+                 12.4 Fine points of macro syntax \\
+                 12.5 Category codes \\
+                 12.6 Active characters \\
+                 12.7 How \TeX{} reads and stores your text \\
+                 12.8 Registers \\
+                 12.9 Conditionals \\
+                 12.10 For the aspiring wizard \\
+                 13: Dictionary and Index",
 }
 
 @Book{Sewell:1989:WPL,
@@ -13817,9 +16349,22 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-120973-2",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 S48 1994",
   bibdate =      "Thu May 12 08:36:58 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$32.00",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "Fonts \\
+                 Text Formatting and Lists \\
+                 Formatting Pages \\
+                 Math and Equations \\
+                 Tables \\
+                 Graphics \\
+                 Large Documents \\
+                 Useful Styles \\
+                 Macros and Miscellaneous Tricks \\
+                 Symbols Available in LaTeX \\
+                 Format Parameters",
 }
 
 @Article{Siebenmann:1986:TWU,
@@ -14192,20 +16737,90 @@
 
 @Book{Spivak:1990:JTG,
   author =       "Michael D. Spivak",
-  title =        "The Joy of {\TeX}\emdash {A} Gourmet Guide to
-                 Typesetting with the {\AmSTeX} macro package",
+  title =        "The Joy of {\TeX}: a Gourmet Guide to Typesetting with
+                 the {\AmSTeX} macro package",
   publisher =    pub-AMS,
   address =      pub-AMS:adr,
-  edition =      "2nd revised",
+  edition =      "Second revised",
   pages =        "xxii + 309",
   year =         "1990",
   ISBN =         "0-8218-2997-1",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8218-2997-4",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 S6731 1990",
   bibdate =      "Wed Jul 6 13:55:42 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
   price =        "US\$40.00",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  URL =          "https://ctan.org/pkg/joy-of-tex",
+  ZMnumber =     "0867.68117",
+  abstract =     "Designed to simplify the input of mathematical
+                 material in particular and to format the output
+                 according to any of various preset style
+                 specifications.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  remark =       "A PDF file of the book is available for noncommercial
+                 use at the CTAN URL.",
+  tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+                 Acknowledgments / xi, xiii \\
+                 Personal Pronoun Pronouncement / xv \\
+                 Introduction. On Advanced Typesetting / xvii \\
+                 Part 1. Starters / 1 \\
+                 0. Getting Acquainted; A Key Chapter / 3 \\
+                 Keys available on the keyboard \\
+                 1. Learning \TeX{}'s Lingo / 6 \\
+                 Ordinary text and control sequences \\
+                 2. Printers Do It With All Types / 15 \\
+                 Changing fonts \\
+                 3. Your First \TeX{} Experience / 20 \\
+                 Running a file through \TeX{} \\
+                 4. \TeX{}'s Erroneous Zones / 27 \\
+                 Error messages, and how to respond to them \\
+                 5. Spaces That Separate,Ties That Bind / 32 \\
+                 Subtleties of spacing and line breaking \\
+                 6. Doing It With {\'E}lan / 34 \\
+                 Special symbols and accents \\
+                 Part 2. Main Courses / 47 \\
+                 7. \TeX{}'s Brand Of Mathematics / 43 \\
+                 Mathematical formulas in text \\
+                 8. Lousy Breaks? Try An Artful Display / 53 \\
+                 Displayed formulas \\
+                 9. The 2nd Level Of Complexity / 58 \\
+                 Superscripts and subscripts \\
+                 10. Our Problems Mount / 66 \\
+                 Fractions, binomial coefficients, etc. \\
+                 11. Benefitting From \TeX{}'s Largess / 72 \\
+                 $\sum$, $\int$ and other ``large operators'' \\
+                 12. Creating Your Own Space / 77 \\
+                 Controlling spacing in mathematical formulas \\
+                 13. Fascinating Things That Expand By Themselves / 79
+                 \\
+                 Delimiters and other variable size symbols \\
+                 14. A Roman Orgy / 88 \\
+                 Roman type in formulas \\
+                 15. Keeping Them In Line / 97 \\
+                 Numbering formulas and aligning equations in a display
+                 \\
+                 16. Too Much Of A Good Thing / 103 \\
+                 Breaking formulas that are too long \\
+                 17. Sophisticated Positions / 108 \\
+                 Matrices \\
+                 Part 3. Sauces \& Pickles / 113 \\
+                 18. Practicing Self Control / 115 \\
+                 Defining new control sequences \\
+                 19. EX-Rated Features / 129 \\
+                 A dictionary of special \TeX{}niques \\
+                 Appendices / 191 \\
+                 A. The AMS Preprint Style / 193 \\
+                 B. Answers To All The Exercises / 210 \\
+                 C. Bibliographies / 260 \\
+                 D. Comparison With `plain' \TeX{} / 265 \\
+                 E. Deficient Keyboards / 269 \\
+                 F. Esoteric Symbols / 270 \\
+                 G. Further Fonts / 274 \\
+                 H. {\TeX{} Users} / 281 \\
+                 I. Help / 282 \\
+                 Index / 283",
 }
 
 @Book{Spivak:1991:LWM,
@@ -14389,16 +17004,61 @@
   address =      pub-SV:adr,
   pages =        "xxix + 510",
   year =         "2003",
-  ISBN =         "0-387-95217-9",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-95217-8",
+  ISBN =         "0-387-95217-9 (paperback), 0-387-22436-X (e-book)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-95217-8 (paperback), 978-0-387-22436-7
+                 (e-book)",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 S97 2003",
   bibdate =      "Thu Mar 13 18:17:25 2003",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  abstract =     "The purpose of the book is to introduce new users to
+                 the use of the TeX system, in particular document
+                 preparation using LaTeX. It seeks to avoid the pitfalls
+                 of having to search through several advanced books on
+                 the subject, by collecting together the more frequently
+                 required tools and presenting these in a single
+                 accessible volume. It will also describe the recent
+                 developments in multilingual typesetting using TeX that
+                 now make it straightforward for users to prepare
+                 documents in their own language and alphabet, giving
+                 the book a global readership. The main presentation
+                 will be independent of any particular type of computer
+                 hardware, though a section will contain details of some
+                 of the more popular versions of TeX for each type of
+                 machine and details of where they can be downloaded on
+                 the Internet from, or purchased at low cost on a
+                 convenient compact disk. Topics and features:
+                 multi-lingual uses of LaTeX; discussion of hardware
+                 implementations; use and misuse of particular LaTeX
+                 commands; some treatment of graphics; inclusion of
+                 exercises with solutions; discussion of common errors;
+                 inclusion of many examples.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   annote =       "Seems to have been published in Europe with same ISBN,
-                 but different title: From \LaTeX{} to $ \Lambda $: An
-                 Introduction to Digital Typography",
+                 but different page count (370) and title:
+                 \booktitle{From \LaTeX{} to $ \Lambda $: An
+                 Introduction to Digital Typography}.",
   keywords =     "Lambda; Omega; Unicode",
+  tableofcontents = "Foreword / Yannis Haralambous \\
+                 1: Introduction \\
+                 2: The File Structure \\
+                 3: Fonts and Their Use \\
+                 4: Lists and Catalogs \\
+                 5: Typesetting Mathematics \\
+                 6: More on the Core \\
+                 7: Miscellaneous Packages \\
+                 8: Bibliography and Index \\
+                 9: Graphics \\
+                 10: Multilingual Typesetting \\
+                 11: To Err Is Human \\
+                 12: Installing New Type \\
+                 Appendix A: Using dvips \\
+                 Appendix B: Visual Editing \\
+                 Appendix C: Typesetting XML \\
+                 Appendix D: Web Publishing \\
+                 Appendix E: New Features Introduced to $\Omega$ 1.23
+                 \\
+                 Appendix F: Solutions to All Exercises",
 }
 
 @TechReport{Tang:1981:PIC,
@@ -14601,16 +17261,17 @@
 
 @Book{Trzeciak:1995:WMP,
   author =       "Jerzy Trzeciak",
-  title =        "Writing mathematical papers in {English}: a practical
-                 guide",
+  title =        "Writing Mathematical Papers in {English}: a Practical
+                 Guide",
   publisher =    "European Mathematical Society Publishing House,
                  Seminar for Applied Mathematics",
   address =      "Z{\"u}rich, Switzerland",
   edition =      "Revised",
   pages =        "49",
   year =         "1995",
-  ISBN =         "3-03719-014-0",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-3-03719-014-2",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.4171/014",
+  ISBN =         "3-03719-014-0, 83-85694-02-1",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-3-03719-014-2, 978-83-85694-02-1",
   LCCN =         "QA42 .T79 1995",
   bibdate =      "Mon Oct 28 16:58:40 MDT 2013",
   bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
@@ -14620,6 +17281,40 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   subject =      "Mathematics; Authorship; Technical writing; Handbooks,
                  manuals, etc",
+  tableofcontents = "Part A: Phrases Used in Mathematical Texts \\
+                 Abstract and introduction / 4 \\
+                 Definition / 6 \\
+                 Notation / 7 \\
+                 Property / 8 \\
+                 Assumption, condition, convention / 10 \\
+                 Theorem: general remarks / 12 \\
+                 Theorem: introductory phrase / 13 \\
+                 Theorem: formulation / 13 \\
+                 Proof: beginning / 14 \\
+                 Proof: arguments / 15 \\
+                 Proof: consecutive steps / 16 \\
+                 Proof: ``it is sufficient to'' / 17 \\
+                 Proof: ``it is easily seen that'' / 18 \\
+                 Proof: conclusion and remarks / 18 \\
+                 References to the literature / 19 \\
+                 Acknowledgments / 20 \\
+                 How to shorten the paper / 20 \\
+                 Editorial correspondence / 21 \\
+                 Referee's report / 21 \\
+                 Part B: Selected Problems of English Grammar \\
+                 Indefinite article (a, an, ---) / 23 \\
+                 Definite article (the) / 24 \\
+                 Article omission / 25 \\
+                 Infinitive / 27 \\
+                 Ing-form / 29 \\
+                 Passive voice / 31 \\
+                 Quantifiers / 32 \\
+                 Number, quantity, size / 34 \\
+                 How to avoid repetition / 38 \\
+                 Word order / 40 \\
+                 Where to insert a comma / 44 \\
+                 Hyphenation / 46 \\
+                 Some typical errors / 46 Index / 49",
 }
 
 @Book{Tschichold:1928:NTH,
@@ -15181,22 +17876,85 @@
 }
 
 @Book{vanHerwijnen:1990:PS,
-  author =       "Eric van Herwijnen",
+  author =       "Eric {van Herwijnen}",
   title =        "Practical {SGML}",
   publisher =    pub-KLUWER,
   address =      pub-KLUWER:adr,
   pages =        "xviii + 307",
   year =         "1990",
-  ISBN =         "0-7923-0635-X",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-7923-0635-1",
+  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-0687-0",
+  ISBN =         "0-7923-0635-X, 0-7923-9434-8",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-7923-0635-1, 978-0-7923-9434-1",
   LCCN =         "QA76.73.S44 V36 1990",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Mon Oct 26 07:31:07 1998",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "UK\pounds24.90, US\$49.00",
-  acknowledgement = ack-mc # " and " # ack-fm,
-  inprint =      "yes",
-  review =       "in " # j-TEXLINE # " 10, p. 27 and
-                 \cite{Poppelier:1992:BR} and
-                 \cite{Poppelier:1992:BRJ}",
+  abstract =     "Many times there are subjects which demand further
+                 explanations and guidance written about them. Such is
+                 the case with SGML, the Standard Generalized Markup
+                 Language; and ISO Standard published in October, 1986
+                 under the number 8879. There have been many conferences
+                 given on this topic, world-wide, as the interest in
+                 SGML exists in Europe, the US, Australia and Japan.
+                 This book is the first which contains information not
+                 only on ISO 8879 itself, but many helpful hints and
+                 ideas on developing SGML, applications and discussions
+                 of the current software written to be conforming to the
+                 ISO standard. 'Ibis book is critical for any end-user
+                 and application developer to understand the many issues
+                 necessary to develop SGML implementations (software
+                 selection is one of the topics discussed) and SGML
+                 applications. A number of examples of the applications
+                 of SGML in various situations are discussed and one can
+                 expect that the book will stimulate further discussion
+                 of these. This book is a practical guide to various
+                 components of the language and the author's experience
+                 in development and working with SGML in his position as
+                 leader of the text processing section at CERN ensures
+                 that the guidance is based on practical first-hand
+                 experience at an installation with a large number of
+                 end-users of very varied experience.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "I Getting Started with SGML 1 \\
+                 1: Introduction \\
+                 2: An SGML application \\
+                 document type components \\
+                 3: Creating an SGML application: method and basics \\
+                 4: Creating an SGML application: examples and summary
+                 \\
+                 5: Managing SGML \\
+                 II: Advanced SGML 97 \\
+                 6: Creating an SGML application: advanced concepts \\
+                 7: Advanced SGML constructs \\
+                 8: Mathematics and Graphics \\
+                 III: SGML implementations 165 \\
+                 9: SGML implementations \\
+                 10: Creating SGML documents \\
+                 11: SGML and databases \\
+                 12: The CALS initiative \\
+                 13: SGML and EDI \\
+                 Appendix A: Answers to the problems \\
+                 A.1 Answers for Chapter 1 \\
+                 A.2 Answers for Chapter 2 \\
+                 A.3 Answers for Chapter 3 \\
+                 A.4 Answers for Chapter 4 \\
+                 A.5 Answers for Chapter 6 \\
+                 A.6 Answers for Chapter 7 \\
+                 A.7 Answers for Chapter 10 \\
+                 Appendix B: Writing a book on SGML using SGML \\
+                 B.1 Statistics \\
+                 B.2 Document exchange \\
+                 B.3 Bibliography for Appendix B \\
+                 Appendix C: The Ericbook DTD \\
+                 Appendix D: Some TeX entity definitions \\
+                 Appendix E: How to read ISO 8879 \\
+                 E.1 Structure of the SGML standard \\
+                 E.2 Notation used in the SGML standard \\
+                 E.3 Bibliography for Appendix E \\
+                 Bibliography for Glossary",
 }
 
 @InProceedings{vanHuu:1985:TIS,
@@ -15652,15 +18410,50 @@
   title =        "Modern {\TeX} and its Applications",
   publisher =    pub-CRC,
   address =      pub-CRC:adr,
-  pages =        "275",
+  pages =        "vii + 294",
   year =         "1992",
   ISBN =         "0-8493-4431-X",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8493-4431-2",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47V84 1993",
   bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 19:53:27 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   price =        "US\$32.95",
+  abstract =     "An essential new guide for \TeX{} users \TeX{} is a
+                 powerful typesetting language and processing
+                 environment developed by Professor Donald Knuth at
+                 Stanford University in the early 1980s. Its
+                 machine-independence has made it a defacto standard for
+                 text processing with microcomputers throughout the
+                 scientific and engineering communities. While there
+                 have been several \TeX{}-based macro packages developed
+                 over the years, Modern \TeX{} and its Applications
+                 focuses on the original macro package designed by Knuth
+                 upon which all other \TeX{} programs are based-Plain
+                 \TeX{}. All of the basic topics for understanding the
+                 \TeX{} user environment are covered, including fonts
+                 and characters, formatting, math mode, macros, terminal
+                 and file operations, tables, and foreign language
+                 capabilities. A PC-compatible disk containing examples,
+                 extra typefaces and even a ready-to-run restricted
+                 version of \TeX{} is included with the book. Modern
+                 \TeX{} and its Applications is an essential guide for
+                 all scientists, engineers, technicians, and support
+                 staff who prepare technical text and documents using a
+                 version of \TeX{}.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\
+                 2: Fonts and Characters \\
+                 3: Formatting \\
+                 4: Math Mode \\
+                 5: Variables, Dimensions, Glue \\
+                 6: Macros \\
+                 7: Input/Output and Extensions \\
+                 8: Modes, Rules, Boxes \\
+                 9: Tabulation and Tables \\
+                 10: Font Rotation \\
+                 11: Appendix \\
+                 12: Index",
 }
 
 @Book{Walden:1987:MFF,
@@ -15773,10 +18566,94 @@
   year =         "1994",
   ISBN =         "1-56592-051-1",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-1-56592-051-4",
+  LCCN =         "TK5105.875.I57 M36 1994; Z253.4.T47 W34 1994",
   bibdate =      "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/css.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  note =         "Written specifically for database maintainers and
+                 system administrators, this Unix-based technical guide
+                 covers installing, setting up, and running Internet
+                 applications such as gopher holes, FTP and telnet
+                 sites, mailing lists, WAIS, and World Wide Web pages,
+                 and other sites, as well as keeping them secure.",
   price =        "US\$29.95",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  URL =          "ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/products/catalogs/book.catalog;
+                 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9781565920514",
+  abstract =     "TeX is a powerful tool for creating professional
+                 quality typeset text and is unsurpassed at typesetting
+                 mathematical equations, scientific text, and multiple
+                 languages. Many books describe how you use TeX to
+                 construct sentences, paragraphs, and chapters. Until
+                 now, no book has described all the software that
+                 actually lets you build, run, and use TeX to best
+                 advantage on your platform. Because creating a TeX
+                 document requires the use of many tools, this lack of
+                 information is a serious problem for TeX users. TeX is
+                 increasing in popularity, and the need for information
+                 is becoming more critical. Many technical journals now
+                 request that articles be submitted in TeX. TeX is also
+                 playing an increasing role in the Standard Generalized
+                 Markup Language (SGML) environment. TeX's portability
+                 and flexibility -- not to mention the fact that it is
+                 free -- are also making it the typesetting tool of
+                 choice for interchange between hardware and software
+                 platforms and for international exchange. Yet, despite
+                 this growing interest in TeX, TeX users everywhere are
+                 having to ``reinvent the wheel'' by wrestling with
+                 TeX's many tools and files on their own. Making TeX
+                 Workguides you through the maze of tools available in
+                 the overall TeX system. Beyond the core TeX program
+                 there are myriad drivers, macro packages, previewers,
+                 printing programs, online documentation facilities,
+                 graphics programs, and more. This book describes them
+                 all. It covers:How to assemble the software you need to
+                 build and install TeX on all common platforms: UNIX,
+                 DOS, Macintosh, and VMS. How to get TeX and its
+                 associated tools from public domain and commercial
+                 sources (a complete buyer's guide). How to select and
+                 use the tools that let you incorporate graphics into
+                 your documents and create bibliographies, indices, and
+                 other complex document elements. How to install and use
+                 fonts to best advantage, including PostScript and
+                 TrueType fonts and LaTeX's New Font Selection Scheme
+                 (NFSS).",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  keywords =     "Computer Communication Networks., internet (computer
+                 network); Computer networks --- Management; computer
+                 networks --- management; Internet (Computer network)",
+  tableofcontents = "Gopher World Wide Web \\
+                 Internet service concepts \\
+                 Introduction to information services \\
+                 Finger-, Inetd-, and Telnet-based services \\
+                 Setting up an FTP archive \\
+                 The WU archive FTP daemon \\
+                 Maintaining an FTP archive \\
+                 Creating an Internet database server with WAIS \\
+                 Creating WAIS sources with waisindex \\
+                 Gopher: introduction \\
+                 Gopher: compiling the server \\
+                 Gopher: managing the server \\
+                 Gopher: preparing information \\
+                 Gopher: linking services together \\
+                 Gopher: incorporating databases \\
+                 Gopher: Veronica and Jughead \\
+                 Gopher+ forms and other new features \\
+                 Introduction to the world wide web \\
+                 Setting up a web server \\
+                 Authoring for the web \\
+                 Web: gateways and forms \\
+                 Web: access control and security \\
+                 Introduction to email services \\
+                 Simple mailing lists \\
+                 Automating mailing lists with majordomo \\
+                 The majordomo list owner and moderator \\
+                 Ftpmail \\
+                 Firewalls and information services \\
+                 Xinetd \\
+                 Legal issues \\
+                 Protecting intellectual property",
 }
 
 @PhdThesis{Wang:1996:TAE,
@@ -15908,15 +18785,16 @@
 @Book{White:1988:GDE,
   author =       "Jan V. White",
   title =        "Graphic Design for the Electronic Age",
-  publisher =    pub-WGP,
-  address =      pub-WGP:adr,
+  publisher =    pub-WATSON-GUPTILL,
+  address =      pub-WATSON-GUPTILL:adr,
   pages =        "xi + 211",
   year =         "1988",
-  ISBN =         "0-8230-2122-X",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8230-2122-2",
+  ISBN =         "0-8230-2121-1, 0-8230-2122-X (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8230-2121-5, 978-0-8230-2122-2 (paperback)",
   LCCN =         "Z286.D47 W5 1988",
   bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:59:04 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-fm,
   annote =       "A very good book on typography and document design;
                  main topics are components of larger documents.",
@@ -16235,8 +19113,9 @@
   year =         "1988",
   ISBN =         "3-89319-152-6",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-3-89319-152-9",
-  bibdate =      "Sat Mar 07 10:26:14 1998",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Jul 6 15:01:56 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
   note =         "Reprinted in 1990 and 1991.",
   series =       "Addison-Wesley Kom\-pakt\-f{\"u}hr\-er",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
@@ -16474,6 +19353,7 @@
   volume =       "44",
   number =       "9",
   pages =        "1107--1109",
+  month =        oct,
   year =         "1997",
   CODEN =        "AMNOAN",
   ISSN =         "0002-9920 (print), 1088-9477 (electronic)",
@@ -16482,6 +19362,7 @@
   MRnumber =     "1470171 (98k:68177)",
   bibdate =      "Mon May 26 18:16:34 2014",
   bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+  URL =          "http://www.ams.org/notices/199709/comm-youngen.pdf",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   fjournal =     "Notices of the American Mathematical Society",
   journal-URL =  "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
@@ -17895,7 +20776,7 @@
                  Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient and Modern Greek /
                  Dimitrios Filippou / 59--67 \\
                  Typesetting the Deseret Alphabet with LaTeX and
-                 METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beasley / 68--111 \\
+                 METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beesley / 68--111 \\
                  FEATPOST and a Review of 3D METAPOST Packages / Luis
                  Nobre Gon{\c{c}}alves / 112--124 \\
                  Interactive Editing of MathML Markup Using TeX Syntax /
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib
index de6db937f60..b3680452c36 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
 %%% ====================================================================
 %%%  BibTeX-file{
 %%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%%     version         = "2.10",
-%%%     date            = "08 January 2019",
-%%%     time            = "10:18:17 MST",
+%%%     version         = "2.11",
+%%%     date            = "31 January 2019",
+%%%     time            = "15:43:54 MST",
 %%%     filename        = "texgraph.bib",
 %%%     address         = "University of Utah
 %%%                        Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 %%%                        USA",
 %%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
 %%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
-%%%     checksum        = "59852 3129 11807 117424",
+%%%     checksum        = "20405 3386 13323 130458",
 %%%     email           = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
 %%%                        beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
 %%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
 %%%                        printed if the is-alpha.bst or is-plain.bst
 %%%                        style files are used.
 %%%
-%%%                        At version 2.10, the year coverage looked
+%%%                        At version 2.11, the year coverage looked
 %%%                        like this:
 %%%
 %%%                             1976 (   1)    1986 (   1)    1996 (   1)
 %%%                             1977 (   0)    1987 (   0)    1997 (   5)
-%%%                             1978 (   0)    1988 (   1)    1998 (   1)
+%%%                             1978 (   0)    1988 (   2)    1998 (   1)
 %%%                             1979 (   0)    1989 (   0)    1999 (   2)
 %%%                             1980 (   0)    1990 (   3)    2000 (   0)
 %%%                             1981 (   1)    1991 (   1)    2001 (   1)
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
-@Book{Adobe:PLP88,
+@Book{Reid:1988:PLP,
   author =       "Glenn C. Reid",
   title =        "{PostScript} Language Program Design",
   publisher =    pub-AW,
@@ -375,9 +375,199 @@
   ISBN =         "0-201-14396-8",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-14396-6",
   LCCN =         "QA76.73.P67 R45 1988",
-  bibdate =      "Sat Aug 27 11:13:46 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  bibdate =      "Sat Aug 27 10:53:25 1994n",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+  price =        "US\$22.95",
+  URL =          "http://www.rightbrain.com/rightbrain.shtml",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  keywords =     "PostScript (computer program language)",
+  tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+                 The PostScript Language: Overview / 1 \\
+                 Introduction / 1 \\
+                 The Language Model / 2 \\
+                 Dictionaries and Data Structures / 4 \\
+                 Stacks / 4 \\
+                 Built-In PostScript Language Operators / 5 \\
+                 The Imaging Model / 5 \\
+                 Coordinate Systems / 6 \\
+                 Paths and Paint / 7 \\
+                 Fonts / 7 \\
+                 Electronic Publishing and Printing / 7 \\
+                 Program Design Guidelines / 9 \\
+                 The Execution Model / 11 \\
+                 Introduction / 11 \\
+                 The Printing Job Model / 11 \\
+                 The Operand Stack / 13 \\
+                 Objects in the PostScript Language / 13 \\
+                 The Stack as a Data Structure / 15 \\
+                 The Dictionary Stack / 16 \\
+                 Dictionary Objects / 17 \\
+                 Using the Dictionary Stack / 18 \\
+                 Operators and Name Lookup / 19 \\
+                 The Bind Operator / 21 \\
+                 The Interpreter and the Scanner / 23 \\
+                 Recognition of Objects / 24 \\
+                 Procedures / 25 \\
+                 Very Large Procedure Bodies / 29 \\
+                 The Execution Stack / 32 \\
+                 The Server Loop / 34 \\
+                 The Imaging Model / 37 \\
+                 Introduction / 37 \\
+                 Applying the Metaphor / 38 \\
+                 Construction of Paths / 40 \\
+                 The Graphics State and Paths / 40 \\
+                 Painting Operations / 42 \\
+                 What Happens to the Current Path? / 43 \\
+                 Procedures for Constructing Paths / 44 \\
+                 Rectangles / 44 \\
+                 Circles and Arcs / 46 \\
+                 Arrowheads / 46 \\
+                 Text Operations / 49 \\
+                 Character Widths / 51 \\
+                 Clipping / 53 \\
+                 Complexity and Performance / 53 \\
+                 Rasterization / 54 \\
+                 Save and Restore / 54 \\
+                 The Font Cache / 55 \\
+                 Emulators and Translators / 57 \\
+                 Introduction / 57 \\
+                 Emulating Another Printer / 58 \\
+                 The stringwidth Operator / 61 \\
+                 Text Justification in an Emulator / 62 \\
+                 Translating Existing File Formats / 68 \\
+                 Units / 68 \\
+                 Fonts / 69 \\
+                 Font Differences / 69 \\
+                 Using the Imaging Model / 71 \\
+                 Preserving High-Level Information / 72 \\
+                 Rendering / 72 \\
+                 Optimizing Translator Output / 72 \\
+                 Computation and Decision-Making / 73 \\
+                 Designing the Page and the Program / 77 \\
+                 Introduction / 77 \\
+                 Page Layout Considerations / 77 \\
+                 Page Nesting and Independence / 78 \\
+                 Producing PostScript Language Output / 79 \\
+                 Round-Off and Coordinate Systems / 80 \\
+                 Efficiency / 81 \\
+                 Data Transmission Overhead / 82 \\
+                 Computation / 83 \\
+                 Interpretation Time / 85 \\
+                 Program Structure / 87 \\
+                 Introduction / 87 \\
+                 The Prologue and Script Model / 87 \\
+                 Modularity and Page Structure / 89 \\
+                 Ground State / 90 \\
+                 The Operand Stack / 92 \\
+                 Functional and Graphic Independence / 92 \\
+                 Save and Restore / 93 \\
+                 Page Elements and Their Properties / 94 \\
+                 Document Structuring Conventions / 96 \\
+                 The Mechanics of Setting Text / 99 \\
+                 Introduction / 99 \\
+                 Character Widths / 100 \\
+                 Margins and Justification / 102 \\
+                 Justification / 104 \\
+                 Handling Different Fonts / 106 \\
+                 Leading and Point Size / 108 \\
+                 Kerning and Ligatures / 109 \\
+                 Encoding and Character Sets / 114 \\
+                 Composite Characters and Accents / 117 \\
+                 Non-Roman Fonts / 117 \\
+                 Character Widths and Origins / 118 \\
+                 Scanned Images and Halftones / 123 \\
+                 Introduction / 123 \\
+                 The Image Operator / 123 \\
+                 How It Works / 124 \\
+                 The Image Matrix / 124 \\
+                 Data Acquisition Procedures / 126 \\
+                 Small Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+                 Large Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+                 A Common Error and Its Cause / 129 \\
+                 Synthetic Data / 129 \\
+                 Data Compression / 131 \\
+                 Halftone Screens / 131 \\
+                 Halftoning in the PostScript Language / 132 \\
+                 Changing the Halftone Screen / 132 \\
+                 The Spot Function / 134 \\
+                 Complex Graphic Problem-Solving / 137 \\
+                 Introduction / 137 \\
+                 Pattern Fills / 137 \\
+                 Logos, Grids, Forms, and Special Fonts / 143 \\
+                 Grids / 146 \\
+                 Transformation Matrices / 149 \\
+                 Inverted Coordinate Systems / 151 \\
+                 Color and Color Separations / 151 \\
+                 Color Separations / 152 \\
+                 Spot Color / 154 \\
+                 File Interchange Standards / 157 \\
+                 Introduction / 157 \\
+                 Conforming Documents / 157 \\
+                 Handling Printer-Specific Features / 158 \\
+                 Specifying Paper Sizes / 159 \\
+                 Printer Queries / 162 \\
+                 Conditional Execution / 163 \\
+                 Font Availability / 164 \\
+                 Putting it All Together / 165 \\
+                 Merging Files from Different Sources / 167 \\
+                 Introduction / 167 \\
+                 Using Existing Context / 168 \\
+                 Error Recovery / 169 \\
+                 Handling showpage / 170 \\
+                 Screen Representations / 171 \\
+                 Writing a Print Spooler / 173 \\
+                 Introduction / 173 \\
+                 Printer Management / 174 \\
+                 Communications / 174 \\
+                 Messages / 175 \\
+                 Using exitserver / 176 \\
+                 Managing Files and Fonts / 178 \\
+                 DocumentFonts / 178 \\
+                 IncludeFont / 179 \\
+                 BeginFont, EndFont / 180 \\
+                 Determining What Fonts Are Available / 181 \\
+                 Handling Resource Shortages / 182 \\
+                 Printer Description Files / 183 \\
+                 Memory and File Resource Management / 185 \\
+                 Memory Structure / 185 \\
+                 Memory Allocation / 186 \\
+                 Save and Restore / 187 \\
+                 Save Objects / 187 \\
+                 The invalidrestore Error / 188 \\
+                 Downloadable Font Programs / 190 \\
+                 Packed Arrays / 190 \\
+                 Raster Memory / 191 \\
+                 File Systems and Disk Management / 192 \\
+                 PostScript Language File Operations / 192 \\
+                 The Standard Input Stream / 193 \\
+                 Error Handling / 197 \\
+                 Introduction / 197 \\
+                 Strategies / 197 \\
+                 Non-Standard Operators / 197 \\
+                 Implementation Limits Exceeded / 198 \\
+                 The Stopped Operator / 199 \\
+                 The Error Handling Mechanism / 203 \\
+                 Redefining Error Procedures / 204 \\
+                 Handling Error Messages / 206 \\
+                 Debugging Techniques / 207 \\
+                 Introduction / 207 \\
+                 Establishing Two-Way Communication / 207 \\
+                 Serial Communications / 208 \\
+                 Parallel Communications / 209 \\
+                 Packet Network Communications / 209 \\
+                 Understanding PostScript Language Errors / 209 \\
+                 Error: undefined / 210 \\
+                 Error: typecheck / 211 \\
+                 Redefining Built-In Operators / 212 \\
+                 Stack Traces / 214 \\
+                 Interactive Techniques / 214 \\
+                 Coordinate System Transformations / 215 \\
+                 Debugging Messages / 216 \\
+                 Error Handler / 217 \\
+                 Index / 221",
 }
 
 @Book{Adobe:PLR85,
@@ -1978,17 +2168,20 @@
 
 @Book{Nye:1988:XPM,
   author =       "Adrian Nye",
-  title =        "Xlib Programming Manual for Version 11",
+  title =        "{Xlib} Programming Manual for Version 11",
   volume =       "1",
   publisher =    pub-ORA,
   address =      pub-ORA:adr,
   pages =        "xxxiii + 615",
   year =         "1988",
-  ISBN =         "0-937175-26-9",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-937175-26-2",
+  ISBN =         "0-937175-26-9, 0-937175-89-7",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-937175-26-2, 978-0-937175-89-7",
   LCCN =         "QA76.76.W56 D44 v.1 1988",
-  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:40:05 1993",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
+  URL =          "http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780937175262",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
 }
 
@@ -2993,7 +3186,7 @@
                  Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient and Modern Greek /
                  Dimitrios Filippou / 59--67 \\
                  Typesetting the Deseret Alphabet with LaTeX and
-                 METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beasley / 68--111 \\
+                 METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beesley / 68--111 \\
                  FEATPOST and a Review of 3D METAPOST Packages / Luis
                  Nobre Gon{\c{c}}alves / 112--124 \\
                  Interactive Editing of MathML Markup Using TeX Syntax /
@@ -3046,10 +3239,12 @@
 
 @Proceedings{Zlatuska:1992:EPE,
   editor =       "Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka",
-  booktitle =    "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
-                 {\TeX} Conference",
-  title =        "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
-                 {\TeX} Conference",
+  booktitle =    "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+                 {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+                 14--18, 1992}",
+  title =        "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+                 {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+                 14--18, 1992}",
   publisher =    pub-MASARYKOVA,
   address =      pub-MASARYKOVA:adr,
   pages =        "viii + 330",
@@ -3057,9 +3252,71 @@
   year =         "1992",
   ISBN =         "80-210-0480-0",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-80-210-0480-1",
-  bibdate =      "Sat Aug 27 11:11:50 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 27 06:37:06 2005",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  series =       "Proceedings of the European \TeX{} Conference",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "Alan Hoenig / When \TeX{} and METAFONT work
+                 together (invited talk) / 1 \\
+                 John D. Hobby / Introduction to MetaPost (invited talk)
+                 / 21 \\
+                 Andrei B. Khodulev and Irina A. Makhovaya / On \TeX{}
+                 experience in Mir Publishers / 37 \\
+                 Laurent Siebenmann / The Lion and the Mouse / 43 \\
+                 Petr Sojka, Rudolf Cervenka, and Martin Svoboda /
+                 \TeX{} for database publishing 53 \\
+                 Ondfej Vacha / TgX for typesetting in a publishing
+                 house / 59 \\
+                 Michel Lavaud / A solution to help ensuring the future
+                 of \TeX{}: make its use easier on cheap machines / 66
+                 \\
+                 Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / {\LaTeX3}:
+                 structure and design (invited talk) / 69 \\
+                 Anita Z. Hoover / The key to successful support:
+                 knowing your \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} users (invited talk) /
+                 71 \\
+                 Theo Jurriens / \TeX{} for everybody? / 86 \\
+                 Daniel Flipo and Laurent Siebenmann / Hyphenation in
+                 presence of accents and diacritics: An easy and
+                 low-cost solution / 87 \\
+                 Laurent Siebenmann / CaesarCM --- A gentle road to
+                 perfect hyphenation in modest \TeX{} environments / 97
+                 \\
+                 Laurent Siebenmann / La mise en application
+                 d{\'e}finitive de la norme de Cork / 107 \\
+                 Boguslav Jackowski and Marek Rycko / Polishing \TeX{}:
+                 from ready to use to handy in use / 119 \\
+                 Rama Porrat / Developments in Hebrew \TeX{} / 135 \\
+                 Michael Vinogradov / Russian \TeX{}: new eight bit
+                 fonts and IBM PC equipment / 149 \\
+                 Klaus Lagally / Arab\TeX{} --- Typesetting Arabic with
+                 vowels and ligatures / 153 \\
+                 Erik-Jan Vens / Incorporating PostScript fonts in
+                 \TeX{} / 173 \\
+                 Kristoffer H. Rose / How to typeset pretty diagram
+                 arrows with \TeX{} --- design decisions used in Xy-pic
+                 / 183 \\
+                 Kees van der Laan / Table diversions / 211 \\
+                 Jorg Knappen / Changing the appearance of math / 212
+                 \\
+                 Kees van der Laan / Typesetting crosswords via \TeX{} /
+                 217 \\
+                 Kees van der Laan / FIFO and LIFO incognito / 225 \\
+                 Philip Taylor / The future of \TeX{} / 235 \\
+                 Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / The future of high
+                 quality typesetting: structure and design (invited
+                 talk) / 255 \\
+                 Daniel Taupin / Music\TeX{}: using \TeX{} to write
+                 polyphonic or instrumental music (invited talk) / 257
+                 \\
+                 Kristoffer H. Rose / Typesetting Diagrams with Xy-pic:
+                 user's manual / 273 \\
+                 Yannis Haralambous / Towards the revival of traditional
+                 Arabic typography \ldots{} through \TeX{} (invited
+                 talk) / 293",
 }
 
 %%% From TEX-EURO at DHDURZ1.Berkeley.EDU Mon Jul  8 04:27:58 1991
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib
index 3eddbbb9579..3f6ebd7bba5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
 %%% ====================================================================
 %%%  BibTeX-file{
 %%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%%     version         = "2.50",
-%%%     date            = "07 June 2018",
-%%%     time            = "18:15:12 MDT",
+%%%     version         = "2.51",
+%%%     date            = "31 January 2019",
+%%%     time            = "15:46:23 MST",
 %%%     filename        = "typeset.bib",
 %%%     address         = "University of Utah
 %%%                        Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 %%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
 %%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
 %%%     URL             = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
-%%%     checksum        = "16268 23147 109103 1029702",
+%%%     checksum        = "08629 23624 111621 1053256",
 %%%     email           = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
 %%%                        beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
 %%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 %%%                        and PDF (Portable Document Format), and
 %%%                        sgml.bib covers SGML and HTML.
 %%%
-%%%                        At version 2.50, the year coverage looked
+%%%                        At version 2.51, the year coverage looked
 %%%                        like this:
 %%%
 %%%                             1881 (   1)    1927 (   0)    1973 (  10)
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 %%%                             1917 (   0)    1963 (   0)    2009 (   2)
 %%%                             1918 (   0)    1964 (   4)    2010 (   2)
 %%%                             1919 (   1)    1965 (   8)    2011 (   3)
-%%%                             1920 (   1)    1966 (   5)    2012 (   2)
+%%%                             1920 (   1)    1966 (   5)    2012 (   3)
 %%%                             1921 (   1)    1967 (   8)    2013 (   3)
 %%%                             1922 (   0)    1968 (   4)    2014 (   2)
 %%%                             1923 (   1)    1969 (   9)    2015 (   4)
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 %%%                             20xx (   2)
 %%%
 %%%                             Article:        322
-%%%                             Book:           310
+%%%                             Book:           311
 %%%                             InCollection:     5
 %%%                             InProceedings:   54
 %%%                             Manual:          42
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 %%%                             Proceedings:     33
 %%%                             TechReport:      34
 %%%
-%%%                             Total entries:  853
+%%%                             Total entries:  854
 %%%
 %%%                        This bibliography has been collected from
 %%%                        bibliographies in the author's personal
@@ -14197,12 +14197,37 @@
   edition =      "Fourth",
   pages =        "64",
   year =         "1990",
-  ISBN =         "0-88318-642-X",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-88318-642-8",
+  ISBN =         "0-88318-642-X (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-88318-642-8 (paperback)",
   LCCN =         "QC5.45 .A45; QC28 .A5 1990; T11 .A45 1990",
   bibdate =      "Tue Nov 21 07:37:46 2000",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  abstract =     "Covers summary information for journal contributors,
+                 preparing a scientific paper for publication, general
+                 style, mathematical expressions, and figures.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
+  tableofcontents = "Information for journal contributors \\
+                 Preparing a scientific paper for publication \\
+                 General style \\
+                 Mathematical expressions \\
+                 Figures \\
+                 Appendix A: Statements of editorial policy for AIP and
+                 member society journals \\
+                 Appendix B: Correct or preferred spellings of
+                 frequently occurring words \\
+                 Appendix C: Units of measure \\
+                 Appendix D: Standard abbreviations \\
+                 Appendix E: Alphabets available for typesetting \\
+                 Appendix F: Special symbols available for typesetting
+                 \\
+                 Appendix G: Journal title abbreviations \\
+                 Appendix H: Symbols used in correcting proof \\
+                 Appendix I: Physics and astronomy classification scheme
+                 \\
+                 Appendix J: Physics auxiliary publication scheme \\
+                 Appendix K: AIP transfer of copyright agreement",
 }
 
 @Article{Anonymous:1990:SAR,
@@ -15092,22 +15117,91 @@
 }
 
 @Book{Spivak:1990:JTG,
-  author =       "Michael Spivak",
-  title =        "The joy of {\TeX}: a gourmet guide to typesetting with
-                 the {AMS}-{\TeX} macro package",
+  author =       "Michael D. Spivak",
+  title =        "The Joy of {\TeX}: a Gourmet Guide to Typesetting with
+                 the {\AmSTeX} macro package",
   publisher =    pub-AMS,
   address =      pub-AMS:adr,
-  edition =      "Second",
+  edition =      "Second revised",
   pages =        "xxii + 309",
   year =         "1990",
   ISBN =         "0-8218-2997-1",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8218-2997-4",
-  LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47S673 1990",
-  bibdate =      "Mon May 20 11:04:41 MDT 1996",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-  keywords =     "Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing ---
-                 Computer programs.; TeX (Computer file)",
+  LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 S6731 1990",
+  bibdate =      "Wed Jul 6 13:55:42 1994",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  price =        "US\$40.00",
+  URL =          "https://ctan.org/pkg/joy-of-tex",
+  ZMnumber =     "0867.68117",
+  abstract =     "Designed to simplify the input of mathematical
+                 material in particular and to format the output
+                 according to any of various preset style
+                 specifications.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  remark =       "A PDF file of the book is available for noncommercial
+                 use at the CTAN URL.",
+  tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+                 Acknowledgments / xi, xiii \\
+                 Personal Pronoun Pronouncement / xv \\
+                 Introduction. On Advanced Typesetting / xvii \\
+                 Part 1. Starters / 1 \\
+                 0. Getting Acquainted; A Key Chapter / 3 \\
+                 Keys available on the keyboard \\
+                 1. Learning \TeX{}'s Lingo / 6 \\
+                 Ordinary text and control sequences \\
+                 2. Printers Do It With All Types / 15 \\
+                 Changing fonts \\
+                 3. Your First \TeX{} Experience / 20 \\
+                 Running a file through \TeX{} \\
+                 4. \TeX{}'s Erroneous Zones / 27 \\
+                 Error messages, and how to respond to them \\
+                 5. Spaces That Separate,Ties That Bind / 32 \\
+                 Subtleties of spacing and line breaking \\
+                 6. Doing It With {\'E}lan / 34 \\
+                 Special symbols and accents \\
+                 Part 2. Main Courses / 47 \\
+                 7. \TeX{}'s Brand Of Mathematics / 43 \\
+                 Mathematical formulas in text \\
+                 8. Lousy Breaks? Try An Artful Display / 53 \\
+                 Displayed formulas \\
+                 9. The 2nd Level Of Complexity / 58 \\
+                 Superscripts and subscripts \\
+                 10. Our Problems Mount / 66 \\
+                 Fractions, binomial coefficients, etc. \\
+                 11. Benefitting From \TeX{}'s Largess / 72 \\
+                 $\sum$, $\int$ and other ``large operators'' \\
+                 12. Creating Your Own Space / 77 \\
+                 Controlling spacing in mathematical formulas \\
+                 13. Fascinating Things That Expand By Themselves / 79
+                 \\
+                 Delimiters and other variable size symbols \\
+                 14. A Roman Orgy / 88 \\
+                 Roman type in formulas \\
+                 15. Keeping Them In Line / 97 \\
+                 Numbering formulas and aligning equations in a display
+                 \\
+                 16. Too Much Of A Good Thing / 103 \\
+                 Breaking formulas that are too long \\
+                 17. Sophisticated Positions / 108 \\
+                 Matrices \\
+                 Part 3. Sauces \& Pickles / 113 \\
+                 18. Practicing Self Control / 115 \\
+                 Defining new control sequences \\
+                 19. EX-Rated Features / 129 \\
+                 A dictionary of special \TeX{}niques \\
+                 Appendices / 191 \\
+                 A. The AMS Preprint Style / 193 \\
+                 B. Answers To All The Exercises / 210 \\
+                 C. Bibliographies / 260 \\
+                 D. Comparison With `plain' \TeX{} / 265 \\
+                 E. Deficient Keyboards / 269 \\
+                 F. Esoteric Symbols / 270 \\
+                 G. Further Fonts / 274 \\
+                 H. {\TeX{} Users} / 281 \\
+                 I. Help / 282 \\
+                 Index / 283",
 }
 
 @Book{Tufte:1990:EI,
@@ -16164,8 +16258,125 @@
                  (paperback)",
   LCCN =         "PN146 .V36 1992",
   bibdate =      "Tue Nov 21 07:44:41 2000",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
+  subject =      "Academic writing; Handbooks, manuals, etc; Scholarly
+                 publishing; Art d'{\'e}crire; Guides, manuels, etc;
+                 Academic writing; Scholarly publishing;
+                 Schrijfvaardigheid; Wetenschappelijke publicaties;
+                 Authorship",
+  tableofcontents = "The text \\
+                 Citation: The new style of citation \\
+                 Embedding citations \\
+                 Brackets alone \\
+                 Handling bracketed numbers \\
+                 Pointing citations \\
+                 Tense in citations \\
+                 Citing authors \\
+                 Citing works \\
+                 Citing yourself \\
+                 Irrelevant citation \\
+                 Citations in draft \\
+                 Quotation: A plea against quotation \\
+                 A plea for quotation \\
+                 Epigraphs \\
+                 Quotation and citation \\
+                 Inlaid versus displayed quotations \\
+                 Punctuating quotations \\
+                 Quoting format \\
+                 Changes in quotations \\
+                 Permission to quote \\
+                 Other uses for quotation marks \\
+                 Quotations in draft \\
+                 The footnote: Fundamentals \\
+                 Explanatory footnotes \\
+                 The footnote aside \\
+                 Footnotes in draft \\
+                 Scholarly peculiarities: The abstract \\
+                 Acknowledgments \\
+                 Bad words \\
+                 Bending over backwards \\
+                 Capitalization \\
+                 The cliche redivivus \\
+                 Coherence \\
+                 The colonated title \\
+                 Conclusions \\
+                 Emphasis \\
+                 Equanimity \\
+                 Hyperqualification \\
+                 Initialisms and acronyms \\
+                 Introductions \\
+                 Inventing terms and notation \\
+                 Inversion \\
+                 A little Latin \\
+                 Motivation \\
+                 Nor \\
+                 Paragraphing \\
+                 Passivity \\
+                 Personal fads \\
+                 Respective \\
+                 The waffle \\
+                 Which-hunting \\
+                 The reference \\
+                 Panorama \\
+                 Reference format: Style \\
+                 I. Authors \\
+                 II. Titles \\
+                 III. Bibliographic information \\
+                 IV. More bibliographic information \\
+                 V. Annotation \\
+                 Pinpointing \\
+                 Needless information \\
+                 Easy References: Books \\
+                 Compilations \\
+                 Collections \\
+                 Editions with editors \\
+                 Translations \\
+                 Multivolume works \\
+                 Journal articles \\
+                 Reviews \\
+                 Pamphlets \\
+                 Works not yet published \\
+                 Theses and dissertations \\
+                 Secondary reference \\
+                 Hard references: Archival sources \\
+                 Author equals publishers \\
+                 Conference proceedings \\
+                 Correspondence \\
+                 Court cases \\
+                 Government documents \\
+                 Microfilm and microfiche \\
+                 Newspapers \\
+                 Reference works \\
+                 Shoes and ships and sealing wax \\
+                 The reference list: Reference list versus bibliography
+                 \\
+                 Compound references \\
+                 Special sections \\
+                 Cross-reference \\
+                 Alphabetical order \\
+                 Chronological order \\
+                 Order of mention \\
+                 Last-minute changes \\
+                 Compression \\
+                 The finishing touch \\
+                 Special schemes: Short names \\
+                 White copy \\
+                 Super-quick \\
+                 Manuscript preparation: Final draft \\
+                 Classroom copy \\
+                 Examples of display layout \\
+                 Classroom copy with footnotes \\
+                 Page from a reference list \\
+                 Photo-ready copy \\
+                 Sample instruction sheet \\
+                 Perfect copy \\
+                 Galleys and page proofs \\
+                 The end \\
+                 Appendix 1: The Vita \\
+                 Appendix 2: Federal documents of the United States",
 }
 
 @Article{Anonymous:1993:AHC,
@@ -20248,18 +20459,63 @@
 @Book{Knuth:1999:DT,
   author =       "Donald E. Knuth",
   title =        "Digital Typography",
+  volume =       "78",
   publisher =    pub-CSLI,
   address =      pub-CSLI:adr,
   pages =        "xvi + 685",
   year =         "1999",
-  ISBN =         "1-57586-011-2 (cloth), 1-57586-010-4 (paperback)",
-  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-57586-011-4 (cloth), 978-1-57586-010-7
-                 (paperback)",
+  ISBN =         "1-57586-010-4 (paperback), 1-57586-011-2 (hardcover)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-57586-010-7 (paperback), 978-1-57586-011-4
+                 (hardcover)",
   LCCN =         "Z249.3.K59 1998",
+  MRclass =      "68U15",
+  MRnumber =     "MR1676044 (2002k:68194)",
   bibdate =      "Mon May 10 18:01:36 1999",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib;
+                 MathSciNet database",
   price =        "US\$90.00 (cloth), US\$39.95 (paperback)",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  series =       "CSLI Lecture Notes",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "1: Digital Typography / 1 \\
+                 2: Mathematical Typography / 19 \\
+                 3: Breaking Paragraphs Into Lines / 67 \\
+                 4: Mixing Right-to-Left Texts with Left-to-Right Texts
+                 / 157 \\
+                 5: Recipes and Fractions / 177 \\
+                 6: The \TeX{} Logo in Various Fonts / 181 \\
+                 7: Printing Out Selected Pages / 183 \\
+                 8: Macros for Jill / 185 \\
+                 9: Problem for a Saturday Morning / 195 \\
+                 10: Exercises for \TeX{}: The Program / 197 \\
+                 11: Mini-Indexes for Literate Programs / 225 \\
+                 12: Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards / 247 \\
+                 13: The Letter S / 263 \\
+                 14: My First Experience with Indian Scripts / 285 \\
+                 15: Concept of a Meta-Font / 289 \\
+                 16: Lessons Learned from METAFONT / 315 \\
+                 17: AMS Euler --- A New Typeface for Mathematics / 339
+                 \\
+                 18: Typesetting Concrete Mathematics / 367 \\
+                 19: Course on METAFONT Programming / 379 \\
+                 20: Punk Meta-Font / 391 \\
+                 21: Fonts for Digital Halftones / 415 \\
+                 22: Digital Halftones by Dot Diffusion / 449 \\
+                 23: A Note on Digital Angles / 473 \\
+                 24: TEXDR.AFT / 481 \\
+                 25: TEX.ONE / 505 \\
+                 26: \TeX{} Incunabula / 533 \\
+                 27: Icons for \TeX{} and METAFONT / 547 \\
+                 28: Computers and Typesetting / 555 \\
+                 29: The New Versions of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 563 \\
+                 30: The Future of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 571 \\
+                 31: Questions and Answers, I / 573 \\
+                 32: Questions and Answers, II / 601 \\
+                 33: Questions and Answers, III / 625 \\
+                 34: Final Errors of \TeX{} / 655 \\
+                 Index / 663",
 }
 
 @Book{Lipkin:1999:LLV,
@@ -20690,14 +20946,102 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8176-4131-3, 978-3-7643-4131-2",
   LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000",
   bibdate =      "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
   price =        "US\$49.95",
+  abstract =     "\booktitle{Math Into LaTeX} is for the mathematician,
+                 physicist, engineer, scientist, or technical typist who
+                 needs to quickly learn how to write and typeset
+                 articles and books containing mathematical formulas,
+                 and requires a thorough reference book on all aspects
+                 of LaTeX and the AMS packages (the enhancements to
+                 LaTeX by the American Mathematical Society). Key
+                 features of \booktitle{Math Into LaTeX}: * A simple,
+                 example-based, visual approach * A quick introduction
+                 (Part I) allowing readers to type their first articles
+                 in only a few hours * Sample articles to demonstrate
+                 the basic structure of LaTeX and AMS articles * Useful
+                 appendices containing mathematical and text symbol
+                 tables and information on how to convert from older
+                 versions * A new chapter in the fourth edition,
+                 ``\booktitle{A Visual Introduction to MikTeX},'' an
+                 open source implementation of TeX and LaTeX for Windows
+                 operating systems * Another new chapter describing
+                 amsrefs, a simpler method for formatting references
+                 that incorporates and replaces BibTeX data * This
+                 edition also integrates a major revision to the amsart
+                 document class, along with updated examples.",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
   keywords =     "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
                  Composition automatique (Industries graphiques);
-                 Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --
-                 Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression --
+                 Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing ---
+                 Computer programs; Math{\'e}matiques --- Impression ---
                  Logiciels",
+  tableofcontents = "I: A short course \\
+                 1: Typing your first article \\
+                 II: Text and math \\
+                 2: Typing text \\
+                 3: Text environments \\
+                 4: Typing math \\
+                 5: Multiline math displays \\
+                 III: Document structure \\
+                 6: \LaTeX{} documents \\
+                 7: Standard \LaTeX{} document classes \\
+                 8: AMS documents \\
+                 IV: Customization \\
+                 9: Customizing \LaTeX{} \\
+                 V: Long documents \\
+                 10: BibTeX \\
+                 11: MakeIndex \\
+                 12: Books in \LaTeX{} \\
+                 VI: Math and the Web \\
+                 13: TEX, \LaTeX{}, and the Internet \\
+                 14: Putting \LaTeX{} on the Web \\
+                 A: Math symbol tables \\
+                 A.1: Hebrew and Greek letters \\
+                 A.1.1: Hebrew letters \\
+                 A.1.2: Greek letters \\
+                 A.2: Binary relations \\
+                 A.2.3: Negated binary relations \\
+                 A.3: Binary operations \\
+                 A.4: Arrows \\
+                 A.5: Miscellaneous symbols \\
+                 A.6: Delimiters \\
+                 A.7: Operators \\
+                 A.7.1: Pure operators, with no limits \\
+                 A.7.2: Operators with limits \\
+                 A.7.3: Large operators \\
+                 A.8: Math accents and fonts \\
+                 A.8.1: Math accents \\
+                 A.8.2: Math fonts \\
+                 A.9: Math spacing commands \\
+                 B: Text symbol tables \\
+                 B.1: Some European characters \\
+                 B.2: Text accents \\
+                 B.3: Text font commands \\
+                 B.3.1: Text font family commands \\
+                 B.4: Additional text symbols \\
+                 B.5: Additional text symbols with T1 encoding \\
+                 B.5.1: Accents \\
+                 B.5.2: European characters \\
+                 B.5.3: Quotation marks \\
+                 B.6: Text spacing commands \\
+                 C: Background \\
+                 C.1: A short history \\
+                 C.1.2: Recent developments \\
+                 C.2.1: The layers \\
+                 C.2.2: Typesetting \\
+                 C.2.3: Viewing and printing \\
+                 D: PostScript fonts \\
+                 D.2: The Times font and MathTime \\
+                 D.3: Lucida Bright fonts \\
+                 D.4: More PostScript fonts \\
+                 F: A book document class \\
+                 G: Conversions \\
+                 H: Final word \\
+                 H.1: What was left out? \\
+                 H.2: Further reading",
 }
 
 @Book{Gulbins:2000:MTK,
@@ -21065,22 +21409,43 @@
   ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-10403-4",
   LCCN =         "Z253 .U69 2003",
   bibdate =      "Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
   price =        "US\$55.00",
   acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-  annote =       "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
-                 (CHe)",
-  bibliography = "yes",
-  glossary =     "yes",
   history =      "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
                  1982, 14th edition 1993, 15th edition 2003",
-  index =        "yes",
-  inprint =      "yes",
+  idnumber =     "518",
   keywords =     "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
                  style manuals; printing",
   printermarks = "yes",
+  remark =       "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.",
   subtitle =     "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
                  Publishers",
+  tableofcontents = "1: The parts of a published work \\
+                 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\
+                 3: Proofs \\
+                 4: Rights and permissions \\
+                 5: Grammar and usage \\
+                 6: Punctuation \\
+                 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and
+                 compounds \\
+                 8: Names and terms \\
+                 9: Numbers \\
+                 10: Foreign languages \\
+                 11: Quotations and dialogue \\
+                 12: Illustrations and captions \\
+                 13: Tables \\
+                 14: Mathematics in type \\
+                 15: Abbreviations \\
+                 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\
+                 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\
+                 18: Indexes \\
+                 Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and
+                 key terms \\
+                 Appendix B: The publishing process for books and
+                 journals",
 }
 
 @Book{Felici:2003:CMT,
@@ -21765,6 +22130,54 @@
   subject-dates = "1918--",
 }
 
+@Book{Bringhurst:2012:ETS,
+  author =       "Robert Bringhurst",
+  title =        "The Elements of Typographic Style 4.0",
+  publisher =    "Hartley and Marks",
+  address =      "Point Roberts, WA, USA",
+  edition =      "Fourth",
+  pages =        "398",
+  year =         "2012",
+  ISBN =         "0-88179-211-X (hardcover), 0-88179-212-8 (paperback)",
+  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-88179-211-9 (hardcover), 978-0-88179-212-6
+                 (paperback)",
+  LCCN =         "Z246 .B74 2012",
+  bibdate =      "Sat Jan 19 08:10:55 MST 2019",
+  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  abstract =     "Renowned typographer and poet Robert Bringhurst brings
+                 clarity to the art of typography with this masterful
+                 style guide. Combining the practical, theoretical, and
+                 historical, this edition is completely updated, with a
+                 thorough revision and updating of the longest chapter,
+                 ``Prowling the Specimen Books, '' and many other small
+                 but important updates based on things that are
+                 continually changing in the field.",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  subject =      "Book history; typografie; typography; typefaces [type
+                 forms]; Graphics industry; lettertypes",
+  tableofcontents = "Foreword \\
+                 Historical synopsis \\
+                 The grand design \\
+                 Rhythm and proportion \\
+                 Harmony and counterpoint \\
+                 Structural forms and devices \\
+                 Analphabetic symbols \\
+                 Choosing and combining type \\
+                 Historical interlude \\
+                 Shaping the page \\
+                 The state of the art \\
+                 Grooming the font \\
+                 Prowling the specimen books \\
+                 Appendix A: The working alphabet \\
+                 Appendix B: Glossary of characters \\
+                 Appendix C: Glossary of terms \\
+                 Appendix D: Type designers \\
+                 Appendix E: Typefoundries \\
+                 Afterword to the fourth edition",
+}
+
 @Article{Ciancarini:2012:HQP,
   author =       "Paolo Ciancarini and Angelo {Di Iorio} and Luca Furini
                  and Fabio Vitali",
@@ -22865,10 +23278,12 @@
 
 @Proceedings{Zlatuska:1992:EPE,
   editor =       "Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka",
-  booktitle =    "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
-                 {\TeX} Conference",
-  title =        "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
-                 {\TeX} Conference",
+  booktitle =    "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+                 {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+                 14--18, 1992}",
+  title =        "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+                 {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+                 14--18, 1992}",
   publisher =    pub-MASARYKOVA,
   address =      pub-MASARYKOVA:adr,
   pages =        "viii + 330",
@@ -22876,9 +23291,71 @@
   year =         "1992",
   ISBN =         "80-210-0480-0",
   ISBN-13 =      "978-80-210-0480-1",
-  bibdate =      "Sat Aug 27 11:11:50 1994",
-  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
-  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 27 06:37:06 2005",
+  bibsource =    "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
+                 http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+  series =       "Proceedings of the European \TeX{} Conference",
+  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+  tableofcontents = "Alan Hoenig / When \TeX{} and METAFONT work
+                 together (invited talk) / 1 \\
+                 John D. Hobby / Introduction to MetaPost (invited talk)
+                 / 21 \\
+                 Andrei B. Khodulev and Irina A. Makhovaya / On \TeX{}
+                 experience in Mir Publishers / 37 \\
+                 Laurent Siebenmann / The Lion and the Mouse / 43 \\
+                 Petr Sojka, Rudolf Cervenka, and Martin Svoboda /
+                 \TeX{} for database publishing 53 \\
+                 Ondfej Vacha / TgX for typesetting in a publishing
+                 house / 59 \\
+                 Michel Lavaud / A solution to help ensuring the future
+                 of \TeX{}: make its use easier on cheap machines / 66
+                 \\
+                 Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / {\LaTeX3}:
+                 structure and design (invited talk) / 69 \\
+                 Anita Z. Hoover / The key to successful support:
+                 knowing your \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} users (invited talk) /
+                 71 \\
+                 Theo Jurriens / \TeX{} for everybody? / 86 \\
+                 Daniel Flipo and Laurent Siebenmann / Hyphenation in
+                 presence of accents and diacritics: An easy and
+                 low-cost solution / 87 \\
+                 Laurent Siebenmann / CaesarCM --- A gentle road to
+                 perfect hyphenation in modest \TeX{} environments / 97
+                 \\
+                 Laurent Siebenmann / La mise en application
+                 d{\'e}finitive de la norme de Cork / 107 \\
+                 Boguslav Jackowski and Marek Rycko / Polishing \TeX{}:
+                 from ready to use to handy in use / 119 \\
+                 Rama Porrat / Developments in Hebrew \TeX{} / 135 \\
+                 Michael Vinogradov / Russian \TeX{}: new eight bit
+                 fonts and IBM PC equipment / 149 \\
+                 Klaus Lagally / Arab\TeX{} --- Typesetting Arabic with
+                 vowels and ligatures / 153 \\
+                 Erik-Jan Vens / Incorporating PostScript fonts in
+                 \TeX{} / 173 \\
+                 Kristoffer H. Rose / How to typeset pretty diagram
+                 arrows with \TeX{} --- design decisions used in Xy-pic
+                 / 183 \\
+                 Kees van der Laan / Table diversions / 211 \\
+                 Jorg Knappen / Changing the appearance of math / 212
+                 \\
+                 Kees van der Laan / Typesetting crosswords via \TeX{} /
+                 217 \\
+                 Kees van der Laan / FIFO and LIFO incognito / 225 \\
+                 Philip Taylor / The future of \TeX{} / 235 \\
+                 Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / The future of high
+                 quality typesetting: structure and design (invited
+                 talk) / 255 \\
+                 Daniel Taupin / Music\TeX{}: using \TeX{} to write
+                 polyphonic or instrumental music (invited talk) / 257
+                 \\
+                 Kristoffer H. Rose / Typesetting Diagrams with Xy-pic:
+                 user's manual / 273 \\
+                 Yannis Haralambous / Towards the revival of traditional
+                 Arabic typography \ldots{} through \TeX{} (invited
+                 talk) / 293",
 }
 
 @Proceedings{Anonymous:1993:AMJ,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS
index e23a245ce9b..549909385db 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS
@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
 (This file public domain.  Originally written by Norbert Preining and
 Karl Berry, 2010.)
 
+<p><b>tlmgr 49885 (released 6feb19):</b>
+<li>runscript.tlu support for tclkit and GUI errors; only doc tweaks for
+tlmgr itself.
+
 <p><b>tlmgr 49226 (released 23nov18):</b>
 <li>new environment variable TEXLIVE_PREFER_OWN to prefer compression
 (e.g., xz) and download (e.g., wget) programs shipped with TL to those
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
index a40e1216f66..e6844f3a0f4 100755
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
@@ -8966,8 +8966,8 @@ a possibly different hash), it's harmless to delete them.
 
 =head1 CONFIGURATION FILE FOR TLMGR
 
-There are two configuration files for C<tlmgr>: One is system-wide in
-C<TEXMFSYSCONFIG/tlmgr/config>, and the other is user-specific in
+C<tlmgr> reads two configuration files: one is system-wide, in
+C<TEXMFSYSCONFIG/tlmgr/config>, and the other is user-specific, in
 C<TEXMFCONFIG/tlmgr/config>.  The user-specific one is the default for
 the C<conf tlmgr> action.  (Run C<kpsewhich
 -var-value=TEXMFSYSCONFIG> or C<... TEXMFCONFIG ...> to see the actual